CROSS COUNTRY AUTO RETAILERS INC
424B4, 1996-09-24
AUTO DEALERS & GASOLINE STATIONS
Previous: RESEAL FOOD DISPENSING SYSTEMS INC, SB-2/A, 1996-09-24
Next: AFSALA BANCORP INC, 10QSB, 1996-09-24



<PAGE>
                                    Filed Pursuant to Rule 424(b)(4)
                                    Registration No. 333-06585
PROSPECTUS
                                3,675,000 SHARES
 
                                     [LOGO]
                      CROSS-CONTINENT AUTO RETAILERS, INC.
                                  COMMON STOCK
 
                               -----------------
 
ALL   OF  THE  SHARES  OF  COMMON  STOCK   OFFERED  HEREBY  ARE  BEING  SOLD  BY
CROSS-CONTINENT AUTO RETAILERS,  INC. PRIOR  TO THIS  OFFERING, THERE  HAS
      BEEN NO PUBLIC MARKET FOR THE COMMON STOCK. SEE "UNDERWRITERS" FOR A
      DISCUSSION OF THE FACTORS CONSIDERED IN
                                 DETERMINING   THE   INITIAL   PUBLIC
                                OFFERING PRICE.
                            ------------------------
 
      THE COMMON STOCK HAS BEEN APPROVED FOR LISTING ON THE NEW YORK STOCK
                        EXCHANGE UNDER THE SYMBOL "XC".
                            ------------------------
 
SEE "RISK FACTORS" BEGINNING ON PAGE 8 FOR A DISCUSSION OF CERTAIN FACTORS THAT
                 SHOULD BE CONSIDERED BY PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS.
                              -------------------
THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED  OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES  AND
  EXCHANGE  COMMISSION  OR  ANY  STATE  SECURITIES  COMMISSION  NOR  HAS THE
    SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES  COMMISSION
      PASSED   UPON  THE   ACCURACY  OR   ADEQUACY  OF   THIS  PROSPECTUS.
           ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.
 
                              -------------------
 
                               PRICE $14 A SHARE
                              -------------------
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                UNDERWRITING
                                                                 PRICE TO       DISCOUNTS AND     PROCEEDS TO
                                                                  PUBLIC       COMMISSIONS (1)    COMPANY (2)
                                                             ----------------  ---------------  ----------------
<S>                                                          <C>               <C>              <C>
PER SHARE..................................................       $14.00            $.98             $13.02
TOTAL (3)..................................................  $  51,450,000     $ 3,601,500      $  47,848,500
</TABLE>
 
- ------------
 
  (1)THE COMPANY  AND THE  SELLING  STOCKHOLDERS HAVE  AGREED TO  INDEMNIFY  THE
     UNDERWRITERS  AGAINST CERTAIN LIABILITIES,  INCLUDING LIABILITIES UNDER THE
     SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED. SEE "UNDERWRITERS."
 
  (2) BEFORE DEDUCTING EXPENSES PAYABLE BY THE COMPANY ESTIMATED AT $1,650,000.
 
  (3)CERTAIN STOCKHOLDERS  OF  THE  COMPANY (THE  "SELLING  STOCKHOLDERS")  HAVE
     GRANTED  TO THE UNDERWRITERS  AN OPTION, EXERCISABLE WITHIN  30 DAYS OF THE
     DATE HEREOF, TO PURCHASE UP TO AN AGGREGATE OF 551,250 ADDITIONAL SHARES OF
     COMMON STOCK AT THE PRICE TO PUBLIC SHOWN ABOVE LESS UNDERWRITING DISCOUNTS
     AND COMMISSIONS FOR THE PURPOSE OF COVERING OVER-ALLOTMENTS, IF ANY. IF THE
     UNDERWRITERS EXERCISE  SUCH OPTION  IN  FULL, THE  TOTAL PRICE  TO  PUBLIC,
     UNDERWRITING  DISCOUNTS AND  PROCEEDS TO  THE SELLING  STOCKHOLDERS (BEFORE
     DEDUCTING  EXPENSES  PAYABLE  BY  THE  SELLING  STOCKHOLDERS  ESTIMATED  AT
     $29,000)  WILL BE $59,167,500, $4,141,725 AND $7,177,275, RESPECTIVELY. SEE
     "PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS" AND "UNDERWRITERS."
 
                            ------------------------
 
    THE SHARES ARE OFFERED, SUBJECT TO PRIOR  SALE, WHEN, AS AND IF ACCEPTED  BY
THE  UNDERWRITERS NAMED HEREIN AND SUBJECT  TO APPROVAL OF CERTAIN LEGAL MATTERS
BY SHEARMAN & STERLING,  COUNSEL FOR THE UNDERWRITERS.  IT IS EXPECTED THAT  THE
DELIVERY  OF THE  SHARES WILL  BE MADE ON  OR ABOUT  SEPTEMBER 27,  1996, AT THE
OFFICE OF MORGAN  STANLEY & CO.  INCORPORATED, NEW YORK,  N.Y., AGAINST  PAYMENT
THEREFOR IN IMMEDIATELY AVAILABLE FUNDS.
                              -------------------
 
MORGAN STANLEY & CO.
       INCORPORATED
           FURMAN SELZ
 
                                                   RAUSCHER PIERCE REFSNES, INC.
 
SEPTEMBER 23, 1996
<PAGE>
                                 [Photographs]
 
[LOGO]                               Insert Photo of Westgate Chevtolet
 
Insert Photo of Chevrolet            Insert Photo of Performance Dodge Service
                                      Department
 
Insert Photo of Nissan               Insert Photo of Plains Chevrolet
 
Insert Photo of Dodge                Insert Photo of Performance Nissan
 
Insert Photo of Plains Chevrolet
Used Car & Truck Dept.
<PAGE>
    NO  PERSON IS AUTHORIZED IN CONNECTION WITH ANY OFFERING MADE HEREBY TO GIVE
ANY INFORMATION OR TO MAKE ANY  REPRESENTATION NOT CONTAINED IN THIS  PROSPECTUS
AND,  IF GIVEN OR  MADE, SUCH INFORMATION  OR REPRESENTATION MUST  NOT BE RELIED
UPON AS HAVING BEEN AUTHORIZED BY  THE COMPANY, THE SELLING STOCKHOLDERS OR  ANY
UNDERWRITER.  THIS  PROSPECTUS  DOES  NOT  CONSTITUTE AN  OFFER  TO  SELL,  OR A
SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO  BUY, ANY SECURITY OTHER  THAN THE SHARES OF  COMMON
STOCK  OFFERED HEREBY, NOR DOES IT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER TO SELL OR A SOLICITATION
OF AN  OFFER  TO  BUY  ANY  SECURITIES OFFERED  HEREBY  TO  ANY  PERSON  IN  ANY
JURISDICTION  IN WHICH IT IS  UNLAWFUL TO MAKE SUCH  AN OFFER OR SOLICITATION TO
SUCH PERSON. NEITHER THE DELIVERY OF THIS PROSPECTUS NOR ANY SALE MADE HEREUNDER
SHALL UNDER  ANY  CIRCUMSTANCES  CREATE ANY  IMPLICATION  THAT  THE  INFORMATION
CONTAINED HEREIN IS CORRECT AS OF ANY DATE SUBSEQUENT TO THE DATE HEREOF.
                            ------------------------
 
    UNTIL  OCTOBER 18,  1996 (25  DAYS AFTER THE  DATE OF  THIS PROSPECTUS), ALL
DEALERS EFFECTING TRANSACTIONS IN THE COMMON STOCK, WHETHER OR NOT PARTICIPATING
IN THIS DISTRIBUTION,  MAY BE REQUIRED  TO DELIVER A  PROSPECTUS. THIS  DELIVERY
REQUIREMENT  IS IN ADDITION TO THE OBLIGATION OF DEALERS TO DELIVER A PROSPECTUS
WHEN ACTING  AS UNDERWRITERS  AND WITH  RESPECT TO  THEIR UNSOLD  ALLOTMENTS  OR
SUBSCRIPTIONS.
                            ------------------------
 
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                                PAGE
                                                                                                                -----
<S>                                                                                                          <C>
Prospectus Summary.........................................................................................           4
Risk Factors...............................................................................................           8
Recent Developments........................................................................................          13
Use of Proceeds............................................................................................          14
Dividend Policy............................................................................................          14
Capitalization.............................................................................................          15
Dilution...................................................................................................          16
Selected Combined Financial Data...........................................................................          17
Pro Forma Combined Financial Data..........................................................................          18
Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations......................          22
Business...................................................................................................          33
Management.................................................................................................          47
Principal Stockholders.....................................................................................          51
Certain Transactions.......................................................................................          52
Description of Capital Stock...............................................................................          53
Shares Eligible for Future Sale............................................................................          57
Underwriters...............................................................................................          59
Legal Matters..............................................................................................          60
Experts....................................................................................................          60
Available Information......................................................................................          61
Index to Financial Information.............................................................................         F-1
</TABLE>
 
                            ------------------------
 
    IN  CONNECTION WITH THIS OFFERING, THE UNDERWRITERS MAY OVER-ALLOT OR EFFECT
TRANSACTIONS WHICH STABILIZE OR MAINTAIN THE MARKET PRICE OF THE COMMON STOCK AT
A LEVEL  ABOVE THAT  WHICH MIGHT  OTHERWISE  PREVAIL IN  THE OPEN  MARKET.  SUCH
TRANSACTIONS   MAY  BE  EFFECTED  ON  THE   NEW  YORK  STOCK  EXCHANGE,  IN  THE
OVER-THE-COUNTER MARKET OR  OTHERWISE. SUCH  STABILIZING, IF  COMMENCED, MAY  BE
DISCONTINUED AT ANY TIME.
                            ------------------------
 
    This  Prospectus includes  statistical data regarding  the retail automobile
industry. Unless otherwise indicated herein, such data is taken or derived  from
information  published  by  the  Industry  Analysis  Division  of  the  National
Automobile Dealers Association ("NADA") in its INDUSTRY ANALYSIS AND OUTLOOK AND
AUTOMOTIVE EXECUTIVE MAGAZINE publication.
 
                                       3
<PAGE>
                               PROSPECTUS SUMMARY
 
    THE  FOLLOWING SUMMARY IS QUALIFIED IN ITS ENTIRETY BY REFERENCE TO THE MORE
DETAILED INFORMATION AND CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS, INCLUDING THE  NOTES
THERETO,  APPEARING ELSEWHERE  IN THIS PROSPECTUS.  PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS SHOULD
CAREFULLY CONSIDER THE FACTORS SET FORTH HEREIN UNDER THE CAPTION "RISK FACTORS"
AND  ARE  URGED  TO  READ  THIS  PROSPECTUS  IN  ITS  ENTIRETY.  REFERENCES   TO
"CROSS-CONTINENT"  OR THE "COMPANY" ARE  TO CROSS-CONTINENT AUTO RETAILERS, INC.
AND, UNLESS THE CONTEXT INDICATES  OTHERWISE, ITS CONSOLIDATED SUBSIDIARIES  AND
THEIR  RESPECTIVE  PREDECESSORS. REFERENCES  IN THIS  PROSPECTUS TO  THE "COMMON
STOCK" MEAN  THE  COMMON  STOCK, PAR  VALUE  $.01  PER SHARE,  OF  THE  COMPANY;
REFERENCES  TO THE "OFFERING" MEAN THE OFFERING OF COMMON STOCK MADE HEREBY; AND
REFERENCES TO "SHARES" MEAN  THE SHARES OF COMMON  STOCK OFFERED HEREBY.  UNLESS
OTHERWISE   INDICATED,   ALL  INFORMATION   IN   THIS  PROSPECTUS   ASSUMES  THE
UNDERWRITERS' OVER-ALLOTMENT OPTION IS NOT EXERCISED.
 
                                  THE COMPANY
 
    The Company owns and operates  six franchised automobile dealerships in  the
Amarillo,  Texas and Oklahoma City, Oklahoma markets. Through these dealerships,
the Company sells new and used cars and light trucks, arranges related financing
and insurance,  sells replacement  parts and  provides vehicle  maintenance  and
repair services.
 
    The  Company's founder and  Chief Executive Officer,  Bill A. Gilliland, has
managed automobile  dealerships  since 1966  and  acquired the  Company's  first
dealership, Quality Nissan, Inc. in Amarillo, in 1982. The Company continued its
growth  in the  Amarillo area by  acquiring three Chevrolet  dealerships, two of
which have been in continuous operation (under various owners) since the  1920s.
The  Company  is the  exclusive  Chevrolet and  Nissan  dealer in  Amarillo. The
Company led the Amarillo  market in vehicle unit  sales in 1995, accounting  for
approximately  36% of new vehicle unit sales and 25% of used vehicle unit sales.
In 1995, the Company entered the Oklahoma City market through the acquisition of
a Nissan dealership  in February  and a Dodge  dealership in  December. In  June
1996,  the Company entered into an agreement to purchase Lynn Hickey Dodge, Inc.
("Hickey Dodge"), which is located in the Oklahoma City market and is one of the
largest Dodge  dealerships in  the  United States.  With this  acquisition,  the
Company believes that, based on pro forma revenue, it would have been one of the
50  largest dealer groups  out of more  than 15,000 dealer  groups nationwide in
1995.
 
    The Company has demonstrated historical success in acquiring and integrating
dealerships, and  acquisitions  remain an  important  element of  the  Company's
growth   strategy.  According  to  AUTOMOTIVE  NEWS  the  number  of  franchised
dealerships has  declined  from  36,336  in 1960  to  22,288  in  1996.  Further
consolidation  of automobile dealers is anticipated  due to a number of factors,
including increased capital  requirements for  dealerships, the  fact that  many
dealerships  are owned by  individuals nearing retirement age  and the desire of
certain automakers to  strengthen their  brand identity  by consolidating  their
franchised  dealerships.  The Company  believes that  an opportunity  exists for
dealership  groups  with  significant  equity  capital  to  purchase  additional
franchises  and  that being  able  to offer  prospective  sellers tax-advantaged
transactions  through  the  use  of  publicly  traded  stock  will,  in  certain
instances, make the Company a more attractive acquiror.
 
    As   a  result  of  the  Company's  business  strategy  and  growth  through
acquisitions, including  the full  year  effect of  the dealership  acquired  in
December  1995,  the Company's  sales increased  from $74.9  million in  1991 to
$294.7 million in 1995. Giving effect to the pending acquisition of Hickey Dodge
and including the full year effect of the dealership acquired in December  1995,
the  Company's pro forma 1995 sales would  have been $416.9 million. The Company
believes that  its business  strategy and  operations have  also enabled  it  to
achieve  a level of profitability superior to the industry average. In 1995, the
Company's actual gross profit margin was 15.9%, compared to the industry average
of 12.9%.
 
OPERATING STRATEGY
 
    The Company's strategy includes:
 
    EFFECTIVELY  SERVING  ITS   TARGET  CUSTOMERS.     The  Company's   existing
dealerships,  which together offer  the complete lines  of Chevrolet, Nissan and
Dodge   vehicles,   focus    primarily   on    middle-income   buyers    seeking
 
                                       4
<PAGE>
moderately  priced  vehicles that  can  be financed  with  relatively affordable
monthly payments. The Company believes  that working closely with its  customers
to  identify  appropriate vehicles  and offering  suitable financing  and credit
insurance products enhances  the Company's overall  profitability by  increasing
the  percentage of  vehicle purchases  financed through  its dealerships  and by
reducing the subsequent default rate on  such financing contracts. In 1995,  the
Company  arranged financing for  approximately 76% of its  new vehicle sales and
83% of its used vehicle sales, as compared to 42% and 51%, respectively, for the
average automobile dealership in the United States.
 
    OPERATING MULTIPLE DEALERSHIPS IN SELECTED  MARKETS.  By operating  multiple
dealerships  within individual  markets, the Company  seeks to  become a leading
automotive dealer  in each  market that  it serves.  This strategy  enables  the
Company  to  achieve economies  of scale  in advertising,  inventory management,
management information systems and corporate overhead. In 1995, the Company  was
the  market share leader in the  Amarillo vicinity, accounting for approximately
28% of the new car market and 46% of the new truck market. In Oklahoma City, the
combined market shares  in 1995  for the  Company's two  existing Oklahoma  City
dealerships   were  approximately  2%  and  7%  of  new  car  and  truck  sales,
respectively. The Company estimates that, including Hickey Dodge, the  Company's
combined market shares in Oklahoma City would have been 4% of the new car market
and 15% of the new truck market in 1995.
 
    MAINTAINING  DISCIPLINED INVENTORY  MANAGEMENT.   The Company  believes that
maintaining a vehicle mix that matches  market demand is critical to  dealership
profitability.  The  Company's policy  is  to maintain  a  60-day supply  of new
vehicles and a  39-day supply  of used  vehicles. If  a new  vehicle remains  in
inventory  for 120 days,  or a used  vehicle for 60  days, the Company typically
disposes of  the vehicle  by selling  it to  another dealer  or wholesaler.  The
Company believes that this policy enhances profitability by increasing inventory
turnover  and reducing carrying costs. If the Company cannot obtain a sufficient
supply of  popular  models  from  the manufacturers,  it  purchases  the  needed
vehicles  from  other  franchised  dealers  throughout  the  United  States. For
example, because Chevrolet trucks are popular in Amarillo, the Company purchases
trucks from Chevrolet dealers  in other cities to  supplement its allocation  of
trucks  from  Chevrolet. In  managing its  used  vehicle inventory,  the Company
attempts to "mirror the  market" by tracking new  and used vehicle sales  within
its region and maintaining an inventory mix that matches consumer demand.
 
    EMPLOYING   PROFIT-BASED  MANAGEMENT  COMPENSATION.    The  Company  uses  a
management compensation system that differentiates it from most other automobile
dealerships. The Company believes that at many other auto dealerships the  heads
of  each sales department (new vehicles, used vehicles and finance and insurance
("F&I")) are compensated based  on the profitability or  sales volumes of  their
own  departments.  This method  of compensation  does not  encourage cooperation
among departments and  can affect  overall profitability of  the dealership.  At
Cross-Continent,  each  dealership's  general  manager  and  sales  managers are
trained in  F&I analysis  and  receive bonuses  based  on the  profitability  of
overall  vehicle sales  and related F&I  income. The Company  believes that this
compensation system promotes  teamwork and  encourages each  management team  to
maximize overall profitability.
 
    UTILIZING  TECHNOLOGY THROUGHOUT OPERATIONS.   The Company  believes that it
has  achieved   a  competitive   advantage  in   its  markets   by   integrating
computer-based  systems into  all aspects  of its  operations. The  Company uses
computer-based technology to monitor each dealership's gross profit,  permitting
senior  management to  gauge each  dealership's daily  and monthly  gross margin
"pace" and to quickly identify areas requiring additional focus. Sales  managers
also  utilize  a  computer system  to  design  for each  customer  an affordable
financing and insurance  package that  maximizes the Company's  total profit  on
each  transaction. Computer technology is also an integral part of the inventory
management system for new and used vehicles and vehicle parts.
 
    ACHIEVING HIGH LEVELS OF CUSTOMER SATISFACTION.  Customer satisfaction and a
dealer's reputation for fairness are key competitive factors and are crucial for
establishing long-term customer loyalty. The Company's sales process is intended
to satisfy  customers  by providing  high-quality  vehicles that  customers  can
afford.  A customer's experience  with the parts and  service departments at the
Company's dealerships
 
                                       5
<PAGE>
can also positively influence overall satisfaction. The Company strives to train
its  service  managers  as   professionals,  employs  state-of-the-art   service
equipment,  maintains  a computer-managed  inventory  of replacement  parts, and
provides clean  service  and  waiting  areas  to  enhance  customers'  post-sale
experience.
 
GROWTH STRATEGY
 
    The   Company  intends  to  expand  its  business  by  acquiring  additional
dealerships and seeks to improve  their profitability through implementation  of
the Company's business strategies. The Company believes that its management team
has  considerable experience in evaluating  potential acquisition candidates and
determining whether a particular dealership can be successfully integrated  into
the   Company's  existing  operations.  Based  on  trends  affecting  automobile
dealerships, the Company also believes that an increasing number of  acquisition
opportunities will become available to the Company.
 
    Although  it  plans to  evaluate  acquisition candidates  on  a case-by-case
basis, the Company intends to make acquisitions primarily in selected cities  in
the  Western and  Southern regions  of the United  States where  there are fewer
dealerships relative to the  size of the population  than the national  average.
Although  it may pursue other acquisition opportunities, as part of its strategy
to acquire a leading market share in a given area, the Company intends to  focus
its  efforts on dealer groups that own  multiple franchises in a single city, as
well as on large, single-dealer franchises possessing significant market  share.
Other  criteria for evaluating potential  acquisitions will include a dealership
or dealer group's current profitability, the quality of its management team, its
local reputation with customers and its location along an interstate highway  or
principal thoroughfare.
 
    Upon  completion of  each acquisition,  the Company  plans to  implement its
sales  methods  and   philosophy,  computer-supported   management  system   and
profit-based compensation plan in an effort to enhance the acquired dealership's
overall  profitability.  Cross-Continent  intends  to  focus  initially  on  any
underperforming departments within the acquired entity that the Company believes
may yield the most rapid marginal improvements in operating results. The Company
anticipates that  it will  take two  to  three years  to integrate  an  acquired
dealership  into the  Company's operations and  realize the full  benefit of the
Company's strategies and systems. There can  be no assurance, however, that  the
profitability of any acquired dealership will equal that achieved to date by the
Company's  existing  dealerships. See  "Risk  Factors --  Risks  Associated with
Expansion."
 
                                  THE OFFERING
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                 <C>
Common Stock offered..............  3,675,000 shares (1)
Common Stock to be outstanding
  after the Offering..............  13,800,000 shares (2)
Use of proceeds...................  The net proceeds of the Offering will be used to finance
                                    the pending  acquisition  of  Hickey  Dodge  and  future
                                    acquisitions,  repay debt  and provide  cash for working
                                    capital and general corporate purposes.
New York Stock Exchange symbol....  XC
</TABLE>
 
- ---------
(1)  Does not include up to an aggregate  of 551,250 Shares that may be sold  by
     the  Selling  Stockholders  pursuant  to  the  Underwriters' over-allotment
     option. See "Principal Stockholders" and "Underwriters."
(2)  Excludes (i) 1,380,000 shares of Common Stock reserved for future  issuance
     under  the Company's  stock option  plan, including  an option  to purchase
     7,692 shares of Common Stock  granted immediately before the completion  of
     the  Offering with an  exercise price equal to  the initial public offering
     price, and (ii) 130,308 shares of  Common Stock issuable upon the  exercise
     of  other  options  with an  exercise  price  equal to  the  initial public
     offering  price.  See  "Management  --  Stock  Option  Plan"  and  "Certain
     Transactions."
 
                                       6
<PAGE>
                        SUMMARY COMBINED FINANCIAL DATA
 
    The  following  summary historical  and  pro forma  combined  financial data
should be  read in  conjunction with  "Management's Discussion  and Analysis  of
Financial   Condition  and  Results  of   Operations,"  the  Combined  Financial
Statements of  the  Company  and  the related  notes  and  "Pro  Forma  Combined
Financial Data" included elsewhere in this Prospectus.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                        SIX MONTHS ENDED
                                                    FISCAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,                          JUNE 30,
                                  ------------------------------------------------------------------  --------------------
                                                                                             PRO
                                                         ACTUAL                           FORMA (1)          ACTUAL
                                  -----------------------------------------------------  -----------  --------------------
                                    1991       1992       1993       1994       1995        1995        1995       1996
                                  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  -----------  ---------  ---------
                                                           (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
<S>                               <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>          <C>        <C>
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
Total revenues..................    $74,925  $ 125,183  $ 165,364  $ 181,768  $ 236,194    $416,943    $112,344   $141,241
Gross profit....................     10,839     18,502     25,738     28,322     37,492      60,758      17,874     21,320
Operating income (2)(3).........      2,355      3,369      5,016      5,683      6,593      12,634       3,290      3,977(4)
Net income (3)..................        849        956      1,995      2,382      2,195       5,871       1,105      1,029
Net income per share (5)........                                                              $0.43
Weighted average shares
 outstanding (5)................                                                             13,800
 
<CAPTION>
 
                                      PRO
                                   FORMA (1)
                                  -----------
                                     1996
                                  -----------
 
<S>                               <C>
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
Total revenues..................    $211,919
Gross profit....................      32,160
Operating income (2)(3).........       6,989 (4)
Net income (3)..................       3,193
Net income per share (5)........       $0.23
Weighted average shares
 outstanding (5)................      13,800
</TABLE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                        AS OF
                                                                                                    JUNE 30, 1996
                                                                                     AS OF      ----------------------
                                                                                 DECEMBER 31,                  PRO
                                                                                     1995        ACTUAL     FORMA(1)
                                                                                 -------------  ---------  -----------
                                                                                            (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                              <C>            <C>        <C>
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
Working capital................................................................    $     536    $   2,044   $  34,975
Total assets...................................................................       83,407       80,888     113,189
Long-term debt.................................................................       11,859       11,131      11,131
Stockholders' equity...........................................................        7,101        9,479      55,678
</TABLE>
 
- ------------
(1)  For  information regarding the pro forma  adjustments made to the Company's
     historical financial data, see "Pro Forma Combined Financial Data."
(2)  Operating income is defined as income before income taxes, interest  income
     and interest expense.
(3)  During  the  six  months ended  June  30,  1996, the  Company  recognized a
     non-cash expense of approximately $1.1  million relating to employee  stock
     compensation  in connection with  the issuance of  303,750 shares of Common
     Stock issued for $250,000  to Ezra P. Mager,  the Company's Vice  Chairman,
     pursuant  to an agreement  dated April 1,  1996 (the "Executive Purchase").
     During the six months  ended June 30, 1996,  the Company also recognized  a
     compensation  expense of  $600,000 relating  to a  bonus paid  to Emmett M.
     Rice, Jr., the Company's Senior Vice President and Chief Operating  Officer
     (the  "Executive Bonus") in connection  with the Reorganization (as defined
     below). Excluding  the non-cash  expense and  compensation expense,  actual
     operating  income and  net income  for the six  months ended  June 30, 1996
     would have approximated $5.7 million and $2.5 million, respectively.
(4)  Prior to  1996 the  Company  paid the  Gilliland Group  Family  Partnership
     ("GGFP")  an annual management fee  for executive management services. This
     fee was generally based upon profits earned by the Company and the level of
     management services rendered by GGFP. As of January 1, 1996 the Company  no
     longer  pays management  fees to GGFP.  Management fees for  the year ended
     December 31, 1995, and for the six months ended June 30, 1995  approximated
     $4.3  million and $2.2 million,  respectively. See "Management's Discussion
     and Analysis of  Financial Condition and  Results of Operations,"  "Certain
     Transactions"   and  Note  17  to  the  Notes  to  the  Combined  Financial
     Statements.
(5)  Historical earnings per share are not presented, as the historical  capital
     structure of the Company prior to the Reorganization (as defined below) and
     the  Offering is not comparable with  the capital structure that will exist
     subsequent to these events. Pro forma earnings per share are based upon the
     assumption that 13,800,000 shares of Common Stock are outstanding for  each
     period.  This amount represents the total number  of Shares to be issued in
     the Offering (3,675,000), the number of shares of Common Stock owned by the
     Company's stockholders immediately following the Reorganization (9,821,250)
     and the number  of shares of  Common Stock (303,750)  issued in  connection
     with   the  Executive  Purchase.  See  "Certain  Transactions,"  "Principal
     Stockholders" and Note 15 to the Notes to Combined Financial Statements.
 
    THE COMPANY  WAS  FORMED  IN  MAY  1996  AND  IN  JUNE  1996  ACQUIRED  (THE
"REORGANIZATION")  ALL OF  THE CAPITAL STOCK  OF MIDWAY  CHEVROLET, INC., PLAINS
CHEVROLET, INC.,  WESTGATE CHEVROLET,  INC., QUALITY  NISSAN, INC.,  PERFORMANCE
NISSAN,  INC.,  PERFORMANCE DODGE,  INC., WORKING  MAN'S  CREDIT PLAN,  INC. AND
ALLIED 2000 COLLISION CENTER, INC. ALL OF THESE SUBSIDIARIES WERE CONTROLLED  BY
MR.  GILLILAND  PRIOR  TO  THE REORGANIZATION.  MR.  GILLILAND  WILL  REMAIN THE
PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDER OF  THE COMPANY  IMMEDIATELY FOLLOWING  THE OFFERING.  SEE
"CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS" AND "PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS."
 
                                       7
<PAGE>
                                  RISK FACTORS
 
    PROSPECTIVE  INVESTORS  SHOULD CAREFULLY  CONSIDER AND  EVALUATE ALL  OF THE
INFORMATION SET FORTH IN THIS PROSPECTUS,  INCLUDING THE RISK FACTORS SET  FORTH
BELOW.
 
COMPETITION
 
    Automobile  retailing  is a  highly  competitive business  with  over 22,000
franchised automobile dealerships in the United States at the beginning of 1996.
The Company's competitors include automobile  dealers (which may be larger,  and
have  greater  financial and  marketing  resources, than  the  Company), private
market buyers  and  sellers  of  used  vehicles,  used  vehicle  dealers,  other
franchised  dealers, service  center chains  and independent  service and repair
shops. Gross profit margins on sales  of new vehicles have been declining  since
1980,  and the new  and used car  market faces increasing  competition from non-
traditional  sources   such   as   independent   leasing   companies,   used-car
"superstores,"  which use sales  techniques such as one  price shopping, and the
Internet. Several groups have recently  announced plans to establish  nationwide
networks  of used vehicle  superstores. "No negotiation"  sales methods are also
being tried for new cars by at least one of these superstores and by dealers for
the Saturn Division of  General Motors Corporation  ("General Motors" or  "GM").
Some  of the recent market entrants may be capable of operating on smaller gross
margins compared to the Company.  The increased popularity of short-term  leases
also has resulted, as the leases have expired, in a large increase in the number
of  late  model  vehicles  available  in  the  market  from  sources  other than
franchised dealers. As the Company seeks to acquire dealerships in new  markets,
it  may face significant competition (including  from other large dealer groups)
as it strives to gain market share.
 
    The Company  is the  exclusive  Chevrolet dealer  in  Amarillo and  has  the
leading   position  in  the  Amarillo  market.  In  1995,  the  Company  derived
approximately 71% of its  gross profit from its  three Chevrolet dealerships  in
Amarillo.  The  Company  could  be materially  adversely  affected  if Chevrolet
awarded additional  dealership  franchises to  others  in the  Amarillo  market,
although  the Company does not anticipate such  awards will be made, or if other
automobile dealerships increased their market  share in the area. The  Company's
gross margins may decline over time as it expands into markets where it does not
have  a leading position. These and  other competitive pressures could adversely
affect the Company's results of operations.
 
DEPENDENCE ON AUTOMAKERS
 
    As a franchised dealer,  the Company's success  depends upon the  popularity
and  availability  of vehicles  it  is authorized  to  sell. For  example, light
trucks, in general, and the Chevrolet Suburban and Tahoe models, in  particular,
are  currently popular  with consumers in  the Amarillo market,  and the Company
typically earns a higher gross profit margin on new trucks than on many new cars
sold by the  Company. If  consumer preferences for  these models  change or  the
Company is unable to obtain a sufficient supply of these vehicles, the Company's
sales  could  decline  and  its results  could  be  adversely  affected. Because
approximately 71% of  the Company's 1995  gross profit was  attributable to  the
Company's Chevrolet dealerships, the Company currently is particularly dependent
upon  the continued popularity of models offered by Chevrolet and on Chevrolet's
ability to provide it with the appropriate inventory.
 
    Domestic automakers are also vulnerable  to strikes and other labor  actions
by  unions which  could reduce  or eliminate  the supply  of new  vehicles for a
period. For example, workers at two of  GM's parts plants went on strike for  17
days  during March 1996, causing  a material drop in  GM's first quarter vehicle
production. The  current collective  bargaining  agreements between  the  United
Automobile  Workers Union  and each of  General Motors  and Chrysler Corporation
("Chrysler") expired on September 14, 1996, and GM or Chrysler may be the target
of a  strike. These  automakers may  not  be able  to negotiate  new  collective
bargaining  agreements  without  experiencing significant  labor  stoppages that
could limit or interrupt the production or distribution of these automakers' new
vehicles. The Company believes that it has been materially affected in the  past
by  labor  actions such  as the  strike against  GM  in March  1996. Due  to the
automakers' inability to  provide the Company  with a sufficient  supply of  new
vehicles  and parts during such  periods, the Company has  purchased, and in the
event of  another  such  strike  may need  to  purchase,  inventory  from  other
automobile  dealers, often at prices higher than  it would be required to pay to
the
 
                                       8
<PAGE>
automakers, in  order to  carry an  adequate level  and mix  of inventory.  Such
events  could materially adversely affect the  financial results of the Company.
See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results  of
Operations -- First Six Months 1996 versus First Six Months 1995."
 
MATURE INDUSTRY; CYCLICAL AND LOCAL NATURE OF AUTOMOBILE SALES
 
    The American automobile dealership industry generally is considered a mature
industry  in which minimal growth is expected  in unit sales of new vehicles. In
many mature  local and  regional  retail markets,  sales  of new  vehicles  have
fluctuated  in recent years. As a  consequence, growth in the Company's revenues
and earnings  and  the  market value  of  the  Common Stock  are  likely  to  be
significantly  affected by  the Company's  success in  acquiring and integrating
dealerships and the  pace and size  of such acquisitions.  The Company  believes
that  the automobile dealership business in the Amarillo area also is mature and
that, although the  Oklahoma City  automobile dealership  market may  experience
some  growth, it is not likely  to expand significantly. The automobile industry
historically has experienced periodic downturns, characterized by oversupply and
weak demand.  Many  factors  affect the  industry,  including  general  economic
conditions,  consumer confidence,  the level  of personal  discretionary income,
interest rates and credit  availability. Future recessions  may have a  material
adverse effect on the Company's business and the price of the Common Stock.
 
    Local economic, competitive and other conditions also affect the performance
of  dealerships. The Texas  Panhandle and Oklahoma  experienced a severe drought
from October 1995 through  June 1996. Although the  Company's sales during  this
period  were not significantly affected by the drought, such a weather condition
could have a  material adverse  effect on  the business  of the  Company in  the
future.
 
RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH EXPANSION
 
    The  Company's future  growth will  depend in large  part on  its ability to
acquire additional  dealerships.  In  pursuing a  strategy  of  acquiring  other
dealerships,  the  Company  will  face risks  commonly  encountered  with growth
through acquisitions. These risks include incurring significantly higher capital
expenditures and operating  expenses, failing to  assimilate the operations  and
personnel   of  the  acquired  dealerships,  disrupting  the  Company's  ongoing
business, dissipating  the Company's  limited management  resources, failing  to
maintain  uniform standards, controls and  policies, and impairing relationships
with employees and customers as a  result of changes in management. The  Company
expects that it will take two to three years to integrate an acquired dealership
into  the Company's  operations and  realize the  full benefit  of the Company's
strategies and systems.  During the early  part of this  integration period  the
operating  results of an acquired dealership  may decrease from results attained
prior to the acquisition as the  Company implements its strategies and  systems.
For  the first six months of 1996, the financial performance of the two Oklahoma
City dealerships acquired in 1995 has been below the Company's financial results
in the Amarillo market and below the Oklahoma City dealerships' performance  for
the first six months of 1995. There can be no assurance that the Company will be
successful in overcoming these risks or any other problems encountered with such
acquisitions,  including in connection with its two dealerships acquired in 1995
or  its  pending  acquisition  of  Hickey  Dodge.  See  "Recent   Developments,"
"Management's  Discussion  and Analysis  of Financial  Condition and  Results of
Operations" and "Business -- Growth Strategy -- Acquisitions."
 
    Acquiring additional  dealerships,  as  the Company  intends,  will  have  a
significant  impact  on  the  Company's  financial  position,  and  could  cause
substantial  fluctuations  in  the  Company's  quarterly  and  yearly  operating
results.  Acquisitions  could  result  in  significant  goodwill  and intangible
assets, which are likely  to result in substantial  amortization charges to  the
Company that would reduce stated earnings.
 
AVAILABILITY OF ACQUISITION CANDIDATES; NEED FOR FINANCING AND POSSIBLE DILUTION
THROUGH ISSUANCE OF STOCK
 
    The  Company's  ability  to  continue to  grow  through  the  acquisition of
additional dealerships will be dependent  upon (i) the availability of  suitable
candidates,  (ii)  receiving  automaker  approval  of  acquisitions,  (iii)  the
Company's ability to compete effectively for available dealerships and (iv)  the
availability  of capital to  complete the acquisitions.  See "Business -- Growth
Strategy -- Acquisitions." The Company's future growth through acquisitions will
depend in part upon its ability to obtain the requisite automaker approvals. The
Company believes that, currently, at least one major automaker would not approve
acquisitions of its
 
                                       9
<PAGE>
dealerships by  the  Company  because  it has  expressed  opposition  to  public
ownership  of its dealerships. Alternatively, one or more automakers may attempt
to impose further restrictions on the Company in connection with their  approval
of  an acquisition. See " --  Automaker Control Over Dealerships." In connection
with  the  Offering,  the  Company  anticipates  entering  into  a  new  "Dealer
Agreement"  with Chrysler's Dodge  division, under which  the Company will agree
not to acquire any  additional Chrysler dealership in  the Oklahoma City  market
without Chrysler's approval and acknowledge that Chrysler will have "good cause"
to  withhold its consent to any such  acquisition (other than the acquisition of
Hickey Dodge).
 
    The Company intends to finance acquisitions with cash on hand (including the
proceeds of the Offering) and through issuances of stock or debt securities. The
Company may  require substantial  additional  capital in  order to  continue  to
acquire  dealerships in  the future. Using  cash to  complete acquisitions could
substantially  limit  the  Company's  financial  flexibility.  Using  stock   to
consummate  acquisitions  may result  in  significant dilution  of shareholders'
interest in the  Company. Under Dealer  Agreements with the  Nissan division  of
Nissan  Motors Corp. U.S.A.  ("Nissan") that the Company  anticipates will be in
effect upon completion of the Offering,  the Company's Nissan franchises may  be
terminated  if, without  Nissan's prior  approval, Mr.  Gilliland's ownership of
Common Stock falls  below 20%  of the  total number  of shares  of Common  Stock
issued  and  outstanding.  See  "Business  --  Vehicle  and  Parts  Suppliers --
Relationships with Automakers." Although after  the Offering Mr. Gilliland  will
beneficially   own   approximately   50%  of   the   Common   Stock  outstanding
(approximately 47% if  the Underwriters' over-allotment  option is exercised  in
full),  this provision of the Nissan  Dealer Agreement could limit the Company's
ability to issue  additional shares  of Common Stock  to complete  acquisitions.
Using  debt to  complete acquisitions could  result in  financial covenants that
limit  the  Company's   operating  and  financial   flexibility.  In   addition,
substantially  all of  the assets  of the  Company's dealerships  are pledged to
secure the Company's floor plan debt with General Motors Acceptance  Corporation
("GMAC"),  amounting to $36.2 million as of  June 30, 1996, which may impede the
Company's ability to borrow  from other sources. The  Company does not have  any
commitments  from prospective lenders with respect to acquisition financing, and
there can  be  no assurance  that  sufficient  financing will  be  available  on
acceptable  terms in the future.  If the Company is  unable to obtain additional
capital on acceptable terms, the Company may be required to reduce the scope  of
its presently anticipated expansion, which could materially adversely affect the
Company's  business  and  the  value  of  the  Common  Stock.  See "Management's
Discussion and  Analysis of  Financial  Condition and  Results of  Operation  --
Liquidity   and  Capital  Resources"   and  "Business  --   Growth  Strategy  --
Acquisitions."
 
CONCENTRATION OF VOTING POWER AND ANTI-TAKEOVER PROVISIONS
 
    Following the Offering, through their ownership of approximately 73% of  the
outstanding  Common Stock (approximately 69% if the Underwriters' over-allotment
option is exercised in full), the current owners of the Company will continue to
control the election of all directors and all other actions submitted to a  vote
of  the Company's  stockholders, including significant  corporate actions. Other
stockholders (including purchasers of the Shares) will not have the voting power
to elect directors  or make  corporate decisions. This  concentration of  voting
power  in current owners may, among other things, have the effect of delaying or
preventing a change in  control of the Company  or preventing stockholders  from
realizing  a premium  on the  sale of  their shares  upon an  acquisition of the
Company.
 
    Certain agreements and  corporate documents  and Delaware law  also make  it
difficult  for  a  third party  to  try  to unilaterally  acquire  a significant
ownership position in the Company, including:
 
       (i) The  Company's  Dealer  Agreements  with  General  Motors'  Chevrolet
           division  and  with Nissan  put  the Company  at  risk of  losing its
    Chevrolet or Nissan franchises if any person or entity acquires 20% or  more
    of  the Common Stock  without Chevrolet's or Nissan's  approval, as the case
    may be. In addition, under its  Dealer Agreement with the Dodge division  of
    Chrysler, the Company could lose its Dodge dealership upon any change in the
    ownership of a controlling number of shares in the Company. See "Business --
    Vehicle and Parts Suppliers -- Relationships with Automakers."
 
       (ii)Under Dealer Agreements with Nissan that the Company anticipates will
           be  in effect upon  completion of the  Offering, the Company's Nissan
    franchises may be terminated if, without Nissan's
 
                                       10
<PAGE>
    prior approval, Mr. Gilliland's ownership of Common Stock falls below 20% of
    the total number  of shares of  Common Stock issued  and outstanding or  Mr.
    Gilliland  ceases  to be  the Chief  Executive Officer  of the  Company. See
    "Business -- Vehicle and Parts Suppliers -- Relationships with Automakers."
 
       (iii)
           Certain provisions of the Company's Certificate of Incorporation  and
           Bylaws  (a) allow  the Company to  issue preferred  stock with rights
    senior to those of the  Common Stock without any  further vote or action  by
    the  stockholders,  (b) provide  for a  classified  board of  directors with
    staggered three-year terms and (c) impose procedural requirements that could
    make it more  difficult for stockholders  of the Company  to effect  certain
    corporate  actions.  In  addition,  Section  203  of  the  Delaware  General
    Corporation Law restricts certain business combinations with any "interested
    stockholder" as defined by such  statute. See "Description of Capital  Stock
    --  Anti-Takeover Effects of Provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation,
    Bylaws and Delaware Law."
 
       (iv)Under  the  Company's  Rights  Agreement,  shareholders  (other  than
           certain  prospective acquirors) are entitled to purchase Common Stock
    at a  discount or  shares in  the prospective  acquiror at  a discount  upon
    certain acquisitions of 19.9% or more of the Common Stock or a merger of the
    Company  or similar transaction.  The Company may, at  the discretion of the
    Board of Directors, lower this threshold to as low as 10%. See  "Description
    of Capital Stock -- Stockholders' Rights Plan."
 
       (v) Under the Company's Stock Option Plan, options outstanding thereunder
           become  immediately exercisable upon a "change in control" or certain
    mergers or reorganizations of Cross-Continent Auto. See "Management -- Stock
    Option Plan."
 
    The blank check preferred stock  authorized under the Company's  Certificate
of  Incorporation gives the  Board of Directors of  the Company broad discretion
with respect to the creation and issuance of preferred stock without stockholder
approval. The issuance  of such preferred  stock may delay,  defer or prevent  a
change  of control  of the Company  and may  adversely affect the  rights of the
holders of  Common  Stock.  The  issuance of  preferred  stock  with  voting  or
conversion rights may adversely affect the voting power of the holders of Common
Stock.
 
LIMITED MANAGEMENT AND PERSONNEL RESOURCES
 
    The  Company's success  depends to a  significant degree  upon the continued
contributions of its  management team (particularly  its senior management)  and
service  and sales personnel. In addition, as the Company expands it may need to
hire additional  managers. The  Company's  employees may  voluntarily  terminate
their  employment  with  the  Company  at any  time.  The  market  for qualified
employees in the  industry and  in the regions  in which  the Company  operates,
particularly  for  general  managers, is  highly  competitive. The  loss  of the
services of  key employees  or  the inability  to attract  additional  qualified
managers  could have a material adverse effect  on the Company. The Company does
not currently maintain key-man life insurance  for any of its officers or  other
employees.
 
LACK OF INDEPENDENT DIRECTORS
 
    At the time it completes the Offering, the Company will not have any outside
membership  on its Board  of Directors. Although it  anticipates naming at least
two outside directors following completion of the Offering, such directors  will
not constitute a majority of the Board, and the Company's Board of Directors may
not  consist of such a majority  in the future. In the  absence of a majority of
independent directors, the Company's executive officers, who also are  principal
stockholders and directors, could establish policies and enter into transactions
without  independent approval  of the  terms and  purposes of  such policies and
transactions.  In  addition,  although  the  Company  will  establish  an  audit
committee,  which will consist entirely of outside directors, and a compensation
committee, which will  consist of at  least two outside  directors, until  those
committees  are  established, transactions  and  compensation policies  could be
established without an  independent review. These  and other transactions  could
present  the potential for  a conflict of  interest between the  Company and its
stockholders generally and the controlling officers, stockholders or directors.
 
                                       11
<PAGE>
AUTOMAKER CONTROL OVER DEALERSHIPS
 
    Historically, automakers have exercised significant control over dealerships
and have restricted  them to  specified locations and  retained approval  rights
over  changes in management and ownership.  The Company's ability to expand will
depend, in  part,  on obtaining  the  consent  of automakers  to  the  Company's
acquisitions  of  new dealerships,  including the  acquisition of  Hickey Dodge,
which the Company  currently anticipates  acquiring with  a portion  of the  net
proceeds  from the Offering. While the  Company's acquisitions to date have been
approved and the Company has not been materially adversely affected by the other
limitations imposed by automakers,  there can be no  assurance that the  Company
will  be able to obtain future necessary approvals on acceptable terms or not be
materially adversely affected by other limitations in the future.
 
    The Company is dependent to a  significant extent on its ability to  finance
the  purchase of  new and used  vehicles, which involves  significant floor plan
financing principally from GMAC, an affiliate of General Motors. Many automakers
also attempt to  measure customers'  satisfaction with their  sales and  service
experience  and  may limit  vehicle inventory  allocations  or deny  approval of
future acquisitions if dealerships fail to meet certain standards. To date,  the
Company  has not  been adversely  affected by these  standards and  has not been
denied approval of any acquisition. However, there can be no assurance that  the
Company  will be  able to comply  with such  standards in the  future, which may
materially adversely affect the Company.
 
    The  Company  operates  its  dealerships  under  "Dealer  Agreements"   with
automakers that, like the dealer agreements of other automobile dealers, provide
for  termination for a variety of causes.  The Company believes that it has been
and is in material compliance with all of its Dealer Agreements. Certain of  the
Company's  Dealer Agreements provide that the  Company may lose its franchise if
any one person  acquires 20%  or more  of the  outstanding Common  Stock of  the
Company.  See " -- Concentration of  Voting Power and Anti-Takeover Provisions."
Any such acquisition of shares of the Company's Common Stock may be outside  the
control of the Company and could result in the termination or non-renewal of one
or more of its franchises. In connection with the Offering, the Company has been
informed  that its current  Dealer Agreements with Nissan  will be replaced with
agreements imposing several additional  terms. One of these  terms will be  that
the  continuation of each of these Dealer Agreements by Nissan may be contingent
upon, among other things, the Company's  achievement of stated goals for  market
share  penetration in the market served by the applicable dealership. Failure to
meet the  market share  goals set  forth in  any Nissan  Dealer Agreement  could
result   in  the  imposition  of  additional  conditions  in  subsequent  Dealer
Agreements or  termination of  such Dealer  Agreement by  Nissan. The  Company's
Dealer  Agreements with General Motors expire in or about the year 2000, its new
Dealer Agreements  with  Nissan will  expire  in  October 1999  and  its  Dealer
Agreement  with  Chrysler's Dodge  division currently  has no  stated expiration
date. The Company currently  believes that, as  it has done  in prior years,  it
will  be able to renew all of the Dealer Agreements upon expiration, but no such
assurance can be given. See "Business -- Vehicle and Parts Suppliers."
 
GOVERNMENTAL REGULATIONS
 
    The Company  is  subject  to  a  wide range  of  federal,  state  and  local
regulations,  such as local licensing requirements, consumer protection laws and
rules relating  to gasoline  storage, waste  treatment and  other  environmental
matters.  Future acquisitions by the Company  may also be subject to regulation,
including antitrust reviews. The Company believes that it substantially complies
with all applicable laws relating to its business, but future regulations may be
more stringent and require the Company to incur significant additional costs.
 
NO PRIOR PUBLIC MARKET FOR COMMON STOCK; POSSIBLE VOLATILITY OF STOCK PRICE
 
    Prior to the Offering, there has been no public market for the Common  Stock
and  there can be no assurance that an active public market for the Common Stock
will develop or continue after the  Offering. The initial public offering  price
of  the  Common  Stock was  determined  by  negotiations among  the  Company and
representatives of the  Underwriters. Because  the Company  will be  one of  the
first  public companies dedicated to the  retail auto dealership business, these
representatives were not able to use the market prices of other companies in the
same industry as a benchmark in  setting the initial public offering price.  See
"Underwriters"  for a  discussion of the  factors considered  in determining the
initial public offering price.
 
                                       12
<PAGE>
Quarterly and annual operating results  of the Company, variations between  such
results  and the results expected by investors and analysts, changes in local or
general economic conditions or  developments affecting the automobile  industry,
the  Company or its competitors could cause the market price of the Common Stock
to fluctuate substantially. Sales of substantial amounts of the Common Stock  by
the  Company's principal stockholders  or others in  the public market following
the Offering,  or the  perception that  such sales  may occur,  could  adversely
affect  the market price of the Common Stock and could impair the ability of the
Company to raise capital through sales of its equity securities. As a result  of
all  of  these  factors, as  well  as  other factors  common  to  initial public
offerings, the  market price  could fluctuate  substantially from  the  offering
price.
 
                              RECENT DEVELOPMENTS
 
    In  June  1996, as  part  of its  acquisition  growth strategy,  the Company
entered into an agreement to purchase substantially all of the operating  assets
of  Hickey Dodge, which is located in the Oklahoma City market and, according to
WARD'S DEALER BUSINESS, is  one of the largest  Dodge dealerships in the  United
States.  For its  acquisition of  Hickey Dodge,  the Company  has agreed  to pay
$13.85 million in cash. In addition, the Company has agreed to purchase the  new
vehicle  inventory of Hickey Dodge at the seller's cost and may purchase some or
all of the used vehicle inventory at a  price to be agreed. The purchase of  the
new  vehicle  inventory  will  be financed  through  floor  plan  financing. The
acquisition is subject to customary closing conditions, including the receipt of
approval from the Dodge division of Chrysler. Although there can be no assurance
that such approval will be obtained or that the closing will occur, the  Company
anticipates completing the acquisition on or about October 1, 1996.
 
    In  1994  and 1995,  Hickey Dodge  experienced profit  margins significantly
below the Company's historical margins. Based on its discussions with management
of Hickey Dodge, the Company believes  that, in 1994, Hickey Dodge  aggressively
pursued  a strategy to maximize sales, which included promotional activities and
guarantees of  consumer  vehicle  loans. In  particular,  Hickey  Dodge  heavily
promoted  an attempt to set the record for monthly unit sales volume by any U.S.
automobile dealership and sold 2,815 units in June 1994, compared to an  average
of  approximately 1,000 units per  month for the remainder  of 1994. The default
rates on loans guaranteed by Hickey Dodge and F&I charges relating to 1994 sales
significantly exceeded management  expectations and, together  with $938,000  in
bonuses  paid  to the  owner  and general  manager  of Hickey  Dodge, negatively
affected profitability, resulting in pre-tax  income of $593,000 on revenues  of
$167.5  million in 1994. In 1995, revenues  declined by 27.0% to $122.2 million.
The Company believes  that this reduction  in sales was  largely due to  reduced
promotional  activities, difficulty by Hickey  Dodge in obtaining an appropriate
mix of new vehicles and  a general downturn in the  Oklahoma City market due  to
the  bombing of  the Federal  Building in  April. Although  loan guarantees were
curtailed in early 1995, the earnings of Hickey Dodge continued to be  adversely
affected  as repossessed vehicles relating to loans originated in 1994 were sold
in 1995. As a  result of these  and other factors, pre-tax  income for 1995  was
only  $565,000.  The  Company is  not  assuming any  liability  regarding credit
guarantees provided by Hickey Dodge prior to the acquisition and does not intend
to provide such loan guarantees once the acquisition is completed. In the  first
six   months  of  1996,  Hickey  Dodge's   pre-tax  margins  improved  from  the
corresponding period in 1995. Revenues at Hickey Dodge for the first six  months
of  1996 were $70.7  million, a 12.4%  increase from the  prior year period, and
pre-tax income increased to $3.3 million from $167,000 for the first six  months
of  1995. Based on its discussions with  Hickey Dodge, the Company believes that
revenues of Hickey Dodge increased because of a better mix of vehicles sold  and
that  pre-tax income  increased largely because  of the absence  of the negative
factors that affected 1995 results.
 
    The Company  estimates  that,  including  the sales  of  Hickey  Dodge,  its
combined  market share of  total new vehicle  unit sales in  Oklahoma City would
have increased from approximately 4.5%  to approximately 8.8% overall for  1995.
In  addition  to increasing  its  market share,  the  Company believes  that the
acquisition of Hickey  Dodge will provide  the Company with  the opportunity  to
benefit  from  the economies  of  scale that  it  seeks in  expanding  its local
presence in targeted markets.
 
                                       13
<PAGE>
                                USE OF PROCEEDS
 
    The net proceeds to the Company from the sale of the shares of Common  Stock
offered  hereby are  estimated to  be approximately  $46.2 million.  The Company
intends to apply $13.85  million of the net  proceeds to purchase Hickey  Dodge.
The Company also may apply a portion of the net proceeds to the purchase of some
or  all of the used vehicle  inventory of Hickey Dodge at  a price to be agreed.
Although the purchase of Hickey Dodge  is contingent on receiving approval  from
the  Dodge division of Chrysler, the Company expects to complete the acquisition
on or about October 1, 1996. See "Recent Developments." Prior to the acquisition
of Hickey Dodge, the Company intends to invest the proceeds to be used for  that
acquisition in a short-term, interest-bearing account.
 
    The  Company  also intends  to apply  approximately $25  million of  the net
proceeds to repay a majority of its vehicle financing indebtedness owed to GMAC.
Such indebtedness accrues interest as of August 1, 1996 at an annual rate  equal
to  8.0%. At June 30,  1996, this debt totaled  $36.2 million. See "Management's
Discussion and  Analysis of  Financial Condition  and Results  of Operations  --
Liquidity and Capital Resources."
 
    The  Company  intends to  use the  remaining expected  net proceeds  of $7.3
million for  working capital  and other  general corporate  purposes,  including
future acquisitions.
 
    The  Company will not  receive any of  the proceeds from  any sale of Shares
pursuant to any exercise of the Underwriters' over-allotment option.
 
                                DIVIDEND POLICY
 
    The Company does not intend to pay cash dividends to holders of Common Stock
for the foreseeable future. Instead, the  Company intends to apply earnings,  if
any,  to finance the growth of  Cross-Continent. Any future determination to pay
cash dividends  on Common  Stock  will be  at the  discretion  of the  Board  of
Directors,  will be subject to certain limitations under the General Corporation
Law of the State of Delaware and will be dependent upon the Company's  financial
condition, results of operations, capital requirements and such other factors as
the  Board of Directors deems relevant,  including any restrictions contained in
any future  debt  facilities.  See  "Management's  Discussion  and  Analysis  of
Financial   Condition  and  Results  of  Operations  --  Liquidity  and  Capital
Resources."
 
                                       14
<PAGE>
                                 CAPITALIZATION
 
    The following table  sets forth  the cash and  cash equivalents,  short-term
debt and total capitalization of the Company at June 30, 1996, (i) including the
effect  of the Reorganization and excluding the  effect of the Offering and (ii)
on a  pro forma  basis,  as adjusted  to  reflect the  sale  by the  Company  of
3,675,000 shares of Common Stock pursuant to the Offering and the application of
the  estimated net proceeds to be received  by the Company. This table should be
read in conjunction with the Combined Financial Statements and related notes and
"Pro Forma Combined Financial Data" appearing elsewhere in this Prospectus.  See
also  "Use  of Proceeds,"  "Management's  Discussion and  Analysis  of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations" and "Certain Transactions."
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                               JUNE 30, 1996
                                                                                          ------------------------
                                                                                           ACTUAL    PRO FORMA(1)
                                                                                          ---------  -------------
                                                                                               (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                                       <C>        <C>
Cash and cash equivalents...............................................................  $   8,892   $    12,088(1)
                                                                                          ---------  -------------
                                                                                          ---------  -------------
Short-term debt:
  Floor plan debt.......................................................................  $  36,177   $    26,432(1)
  Due to affiliates.....................................................................      4,620           467(1)
  Current maturities of long-term debt..................................................      1,543         1,543
                                                                                          ---------  -------------
      Total short-term debt.............................................................  $  42,340   $    28,442
                                                                                          ---------  -------------
                                                                                          ---------  -------------
Long-term debt, excluding current maturities............................................  $  11,131   $    11,131
                                                                                          ---------  -------------
Stockholders' equity:
  Preferred Stock, $.01 par value, 10,000,000 shares authorized;
   no shares issued and outstanding.....................................................     --           --
  Common Stock, $.01 par value, 100,000,000 shares authorized;
   10,125,000 shares issued and outstanding, actual;
   13,800,000 shares issued and outstanding, as adjusted (2)............................        101           138
  Paid-in capital.......................................................................      2,312        48,474
  Retained earnings.....................................................................      7,066         7,066
                                                                                          ---------  -------------
      Total stockholders' equity........................................................      9,479        55,678
                                                                                          ---------  -------------
        Total capitalization............................................................  $  20,610   $    66,809
                                                                                          ---------  -------------
                                                                                          ---------  -------------
</TABLE>
 
- ------------
 
(1)  Approximately $13.85 million of  the net proceeds of  the Offering will  be
     used  to acquire the assets (excluding  vehicle inventory) of Hickey Dodge.
     Approximately $25.0 million  of the net  proceeds of the  Offering will  be
     used  to reduce  floor plan debt,  partially offset  by approximately $15.3
     million in additional  floor plan  debt that will  be used  to acquire  the
     Hickey  Dodge new  vehicle inventory.  The remainder  of the  estimated net
     proceeds, approximately $7.3 million, will  be invested in an account  with
     GMAC  (the  "GMAC  Deposit Account")  and  in other  cash  equivalents. The
     reduction in "due to  affiliates" represents the  remittance of funds  that
     have  been advanced  to the  Company by  affiliates to  invest in  the GMAC
     Deposit Account. See "Certain Transactions" and "Use of Proceeds."
(2)  If the  over-allotment  option  is  exercised, the  number  of  issued  and
     outstanding shares of Common Stock will not increase because only shares of
     Common  Stock owned by the Selling Stockholders are subject to such option.
     See "Principal Stockholders." Excludes (i) 1,380,000 shares of Common Stock
     reserved for  future  issuance  under  the  Company's  stock  option  plan,
     including  an  option  to purchase  7,692  shares of  Common  Stock granted
     immediately before the completion  of the Offering  with an exercise  price
     equal  to the  initial public  offering price,  and (ii)  130,308 shares of
     Common Stock issuable  upon the  exercise of  other options  which have  an
     exercise  price equal to the initial public offering price. See "Management
     -- Stock Option Plan" and "Certain Transactions."
 
                                       15
<PAGE>
                                    DILUTION
 
    The net tangible book value of the Company at June 30, 1996 was  $2,138,000,
or  $.21 per share of Common Stock. Net tangible book value per share represents
the amount of the Company's net  tangible assets less total liabilities  divided
by  the number of shares of Common  Stock outstanding at that date. After giving
effect to the sale by the Company  of 3,675,000 shares of Common Stock  pursuant
to  the Offering  (after deducting  estimated offering  expenses payable  by the
Company) and  the acquisition  of  Hickey Dodge,  the  Company's pro  forma  net
tangible  book value at June  30, 1996 would have  been $36,069,000 or $2.61 per
share. This represents an immediate increase  in the net tangible book value  of
$2.40 per share to existing stockholders and an immediate dilution of $11.39 per
share  to new investors  purchasing Shares in the  Offering. The following table
illustrates this per share dilution:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                 <C>        <C>
Initial public offering price per share...........................             $   14.00
  Net tangible book value per share before the Offering...........  $    0.21
  Increase per share attributable to new investors................       2.40
Pro forma net tangible book value per share after the Offering....                  2.61(1)
                                                                               -----------
Dilution per share to new investors(2)............................             $   11.39
                                                                               -----------
                                                                               -----------
</TABLE>
 
- ------------
(1)  Includes the pro  forma effect  on net tangible  book value  of the  Hickey
     Dodge acquisition.
(2)  Dilution is determined by subtracting the net tangible book value per share
     of  Common  Stock after  the Offering  from the  public offering  price per
     share.
 
    The following table summarizes,  on a pro  forma basis as  of June 30,  1996
(assuming the Offering had been completed at that date), the differences between
the  number of  shares of  Common Stock  purchased from  the Company,  the total
consideration paid  and  the  average  price per  share  paid  by  the  existing
stockholders  and by the  investors purchasing 3,675,000  shares of Common Stock
from the Company in this Offering:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                  SHARES PURCHASED             TOTAL CONSIDERATION
                                            ----------------------------  -----------------------------  AVERAGE PRICE
                                                NUMBER         PERCENT         AMOUNT         PERCENT      PER SHARE
                                            ---------------  -----------  ----------------  -----------  --------------
<S>                                         <C>              <C>          <C>               <C>          <C>
Existing Stockholders.....................    10,125,000(1)       73.4%   $   9,479,000(2)       15.6%    $    0.94
New Investors.............................     3,675,000          26.6       51,450,000          84.4         14.00
                                            ---------------      -----    ----------------      -----
  Total...................................    13,800,000         100.0%   $  60,929,000         100.0%
                                            ---------------      -----    ----------------      -----
                                            ---------------      -----    ----------------      -----
</TABLE>
 
- ------------
(1)  Excludes 138,000  shares  of Common  Stock  that  may be  issued  upon  the
     exercise   at  the  initial  public   offering  price  of  options  granted
     immediately prior to completion of the Offering.
(2)  Net book value at June 30, 1996.
 
                                       16
<PAGE>
                        SELECTED COMBINED FINANCIAL DATA
 
    The selected combined statement of operations and balance sheet data for the
three years in the period ended December 31, 1995 are derived from the Company's
audited financial statements. The selected combined statement of operations  and
balance  sheet data for the two years in  the period ended December 31, 1992 are
based on the  Company's unaudited  financial statements.  The selected  combined
results  of operations data for the six months  ended June 30, 1995 and 1996 and
the balance sheet data at June 30, 1996 are derived from the unaudited financial
statements of  the  Company and,  in  the  opinion of  management,  reflect  all
adjustments  necessary for a fair presentation  of its results of operations and
financial condition. All such adjustments are of a normal recurring nature.  The
results  of operations for  an interim period are  not necessarily indicative of
results that may be expected for a  full year or any other interim period.  This
selected   combined  financial   data  should   be  read   in  conjunction  with
"Management's Discussion  and Analysis  of Financial  Condition and  Results  of
Operations"  and the  Combined Financial  Statements and  related notes included
elsewhere in this Prospectus.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                SIX MONTHS ENDED
                                                     YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,                        JUNE 30,
                                      -----------------------------------------------------  ----------------------
                                        1991       1992       1993       1994      1995(1)    1995(2)      1996
                                      ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  -----------
                                                                     (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                   <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
COMBINED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
 DATA:
Revenues:
  Vehicle sales.....................  $  66,289  $ 113,072  $ 150,205  $ 163,721  $ 212,984  $ 101,464  $   125,900
  Other operating revenue...........      8,636     12,111     15,159     18,047     23,210     10,880       15,341
                                      ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  -----------
        Total revenues..............     74,925    125,183    165,364    181,768    236,194    112,344      141,241
Cost of sales.......................     64,086    106,681    139,626    153,446    198,702     94,470      119,921
                                      ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  -----------
Gross profit........................     10,839     18,502     25,738     28,322     37,492     17,874       21,320
Selling, general and
 administrative.....................      7,278     12,813     17,194     18,522     25,630     11,958       15,695
Depreciation and amortization.......        408        731        992        934        951        471          549
Management fees (3).................        798      1,589      2,536      3,183      4,318      2,155      --
Employee stock compensation (4).....     --         --         --         --         --         --            1,099
                                      ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  -----------
Operating income....................      2,355      3,369      5,016      5,683      6,593      3,290        3,977(5)
Interest expense, net...............     (1,008)    (1,852)    (1,848)    (1,950)    (3,088)    (1,526)      (1,724)
                                      ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  -----------
Income before income taxes..........      1,347      1,517      3,168      3,733      3,505      1,764        2,253
Income tax expense..................        498        561      1,173      1,351      1,310        659        1,224
                                      ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  -----------
Net income (6)......................  $     849  $     956  $   1,995  $   2,382  $   2,195  $   1,105  $     1,029
                                      ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  -----------
                                      ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  -----------
</TABLE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                            AS OF DECEMBER 31,
                                           -----------------------------------------------------      AS OF
                                             1991       1992       1993       1994       1995     JUNE 30, 1996
                                           ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  -------------
                                                                      (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
COMBINED BALANCE SHEET DATA:
Working capital..........................  $   1,274  $       8  $     135  $      50  $     536    $   2,044
Total assets.............................     33,693     38,191     43,513     47,579     83,407       80,888
Long-term debt...........................      7,391      9,034      7,887      7,150     11,859       11,131
Total liabilities........................     34,119     37,661     40,774     42,538     76,306       71,409
Stockholders' equity.....................       (426)       530      2,739      5,041      7,101        9,479
</TABLE>
 
- ------------
(1)  The results for  the year ended  December 31, 1995  include the results  of
     Performance  Nissan, Inc. from  the date of  acquisition, February 2, 1995,
     and the results of  Performance Dodge, Inc. from  the date of  acquisition,
     December 4, 1995.
(2)  The  results for the six months ended  June 30, 1995 include the results of
     Performance Nissan, Inc. from the date of acquisition, February 2, 1995.
(3)  As of January 1, 1996, the Company no longer pays management fees to  GGFP.
     See  "Management's  Discussion  and  Analysis  of  Financial  Condition and
     Results of Operations -- Overview" and "Pro Forma Combined Financial Data."
(4)  Represents a non-cash expense relating to employee stock compensation  that
     the Company recognized in the second quarter of 1996 in connection with the
     Executive  Purchase. This non-cash expense represents the difference, as of
     April 1, 1996,  between the  Company's estimate of  the fair  value of  the
     Common  Stock issued in  the Executive Purchase  and the cash consideration
     paid of $250,000.  The Company based  its estimate on  the assumed  initial
     public  offering price of the Shares  less certain discounts to reflect, as
     of April 1,  1996, the  lack of  a public  market for  the securities,  the
     uncertainty  regarding an  initial public  offering and  the fact  that the
     pending acquisition of Hickey Dodge had not been contemplated.
(5)  In addition  to  the non-cash  expense  in connection  with  the  Executive
     Purchase  (see footnote  (4) above), during  the six months  ended June 30,
     1996, the Company recognized a compensation expense of $600,000 relating to
     the Executive  Bonus.  Excluding  the  non-cash  expense  and  compensation
     expense,  actual operating income  and net income for  the six months ended
     June 30,  1996  would have  approximated  $5.7 million  and  $2.5  million,
     respectively.
(6)  Historical  earnings per share are not presented, as the historical capital
     structure of the Company prior to  the Offering is not comparable with  the
     capital structure that will exist subsequent to the Offering.
 
                                       17
<PAGE>
                       PRO FORMA COMBINED FINANCIAL DATA
 
    The  following unaudited pro forma combined statements of operations for the
year ended December 31, 1995 and for the six months ended June 30, 1996  reflect
the  historical accounts of the Company for  those periods, adjusted to give pro
forma effect  to  the  December  1995 acquisition  of  Performance  Dodge,  Inc.
(formerly  Jim  Glover Dodge,  Inc.), the  pending  acquisition of  Hickey Dodge
(which is contingent upon, among other things, the successful completion of  the
Offering),  the Reorganization  and the Offering,  as if  these transactions had
occurred at the beginning of each period presented.
 
    The following unaudited pro forma combined balance sheet as of June 30, 1996
reflects the historical accounts of the Company as of that date adjusted to give
pro forma effect to the pending acquisition of Hickey Dodge and the Offering  as
if they had occurred as of June 30, 1996.
 
    The  pro forma combined financial data and accompanying notes should be read
in conjunction with the Combined Financial  Statements and the related notes  of
the  Company as well as the financial statements and related notes of Jim Glover
Dodge, Inc.  and Hickey  Dodge, all  of  which are  included elsewhere  in  this
Prospectus.  The Company  believes that  the assumptions  used in  the following
statements provide  a  reasonable  basis  on which  to  present  the  pro  forma
financial   data.  The  pro  forma  combined  financial  data  is  provided  for
informational purposes only and should not be construed to be indicative of  the
Company's  financial condition or results of operations had the transactions and
events described  above  been consummated  on  the  dates assumed  and  are  not
intended  to project  the Company's  financial condition  on any  future date or
results of operations for any future period.
 
                   PRO FORMA COMBINED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                   YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995
                                      ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                      ACTUAL                                    PRO FORMA
                                        ACTUAL      PERFORMANCE      ACTUAL       PRO FORMA        FOR           PRO FORMA
                                      COMPANY (1)    DODGE (1)    HICKEY DODGE   ADJUSTMENTS   ACQUISITIONS   ADJUSTMENTS (2)
                                      -----------   -----------   ------------   -----------   ------------   ---------------
                                                               (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
<S>                                   <C>           <C>           <C>            <C>           <C>            <C>
Revenues:
  Vehicle sales.....................   $212,984       $55,498       $111,113       $(4,856)(3)   $374,739         --
  Other operating revenue...........     23,210         8,419         11,108          (533)(3)     42,204         --
                                      -----------   -----------   ------------   -----------   ------------       -------
    Total revenues..................    236,194        63,917        122,221        (5,389)       416,943         --
Cost of sales.......................    198,702        55,370        106,826        (4,713)(3)    356,185         --
                                      -----------   -----------   ------------   -----------   ------------       -------
Gross profit........................     37,492         8,547         15,395          (676)        60,758         --
Selling, general and
 administrative.....................     25,630         7,244         13,149          (510)(3)     45,513             889(4)
Depreciation and amortization.......        951            24            346           401 (3)(6      1,722       --
Management fees.....................      4,318        --             --            --              4,318          (4,318)(7)
                                      -----------   -----------   ------------   -----------   ------------       -------
Operating income....................      6,593         1,279          1,900          (567)         9,205           3,429
Interest expense, net...............     (3,088)         (367)        (1,335)         (479)( )(6)     (5,269)       2,000(4)
                                      -----------   -----------   ------------   -----------   ------------       -------
Income before income taxes..........      3,505           912            565        (1,046)         3,936           5,429
Income tax expense..................      1,310        --             --               159(8)       1,469           2,025(9)
                                      -----------   -----------   ------------   -----------   ------------       -------
Net income..........................   $  2,195       $   912       $    565       $(1,205)      $  2,467         $ 3,404
                                      -----------   -----------   ------------   -----------   ------------       -------
                                      -----------   -----------   ------------   -----------   ------------       -------
Net income per share................
Weighted average shares
 outstanding........................
 
<CAPTION>
 
                                      PRO FORMA
                                      ---------
 
<S>                                   <C>
Revenues:
  Vehicle sales.....................  $374,739
  Other operating revenue...........    42,204
                                      ---------
    Total revenues..................   416,943
Cost of sales.......................   356,185
                                      ---------
Gross profit........................    60,758
Selling, general and
 administrative.....................    46,402(5)
Depreciation and amortization.......     1,722
Management fees.....................     --
                                      ---------
Operating income....................    12,634
Interest expense, net...............    (3,269)
                                      ---------
Income before income taxes..........     9,365
Income tax expense..................     3,494
                                      ---------
Net income..........................  $  5,871
                                      ---------
                                      ---------
Net income per share................  $   0.43(10)
Weighted average shares
 outstanding........................    13,800(10)
</TABLE>
 
                                       18
<PAGE>
                   PRO FORMA COMBINED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                     SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1996
                                                     ---------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                        ACTUAL             PRO FORMA
                                                      ACTUAL(1)     HICKEY DODGE(1)     ADJUSTMENTS(2)     PRO FORMA
                                                     -----------   -----------------   -----------------   ---------
                                                                  (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
<S>                                                  <C>           <C>                 <C>                 <C>
Revenues:
  Vehicle sales....................................   $125,900          $63,539             --             $189,439
  Other operating revenue..........................     15,341            7,139             --               22,480
                                                     -----------        -------             -------        ---------
      Total revenues...............................    141,241           70,678             --              211,919
Cost of sales......................................    119,921           59,838             --              179,759
                                                     -----------        -------             -------        ---------
Gross profit.......................................     21,320           10,840             --               32,160
Selling, general and administrative................     15,695            6,863                 672(4)       23,230
Depreciation and amortization......................        549              133                 160(6)          842
Management fees....................................     --              --                  --                --
Employee stock compensation(5).....................      1,099          --                  --                1,099
                                                     -----------        -------             -------        ---------
Operating income (11)..............................      3,977            3,844                (832)          6,989
Interest expense, net..............................     (1,724)            (558)              1,000(4)       (1,282 )
                                                     -----------        -------             -------        ---------
Income before income taxes.........................      2,253            3,286                 168           5,707
Income tax expense.................................      1,224          --                    1,290(9)        2,514
                                                     -----------        -------             -------        ---------
Net income (11)....................................   $  1,029          $ 3,286             $(1,122)       $  3,193
                                                     -----------        -------             -------        ---------
                                                     -----------        -------             -------        ---------
Net income per share...............................                                                        $   0.23 (10)
Weighted average shares outstanding................                                                          13,800 (10)
</TABLE>
 
- ------------
 
(1)  Actual results  of operations  reflect  the results  of operations  of  the
     Company  for the year ended December 31, 1995 and the six months ended June
     30, 1996, of Performance Dodge, Inc. (formerly Jim Glover Dodge, Inc.)  for
     the  fiscal year ended November  30, 1995 and of  Hickey Dodge for the year
     ended December  31,  1995  and the  six  months  ended June  30,  1996,  as
     applicable.
(2)  The  Company will use  the proceeds from the  Offering primarily to acquire
     dealerships in the  future. The  pro forma statements  of operations  shown
     above  assumes that  approximately $13.85 million  will be  used to acquire
     Hickey Dodge.  Until  the remaining  proceeds  are used  to  acquire  other
     dealerships, the Company intends to reduce floor plan debt by approximately
     $25.0  million and to  invest the remaining  proceeds of approximately $7.3
     million in the GMAC  Deposit Account, which currently  pays interest at  an
     annual  rate of 8.0%, and in other cash equivalents. See "Use of Proceeds."
     The pro forma  financial information  above does not  reflect any  interest
     income related to the investment of proceeds in the GMAC Deposit Account or
     other  cash equivalents.  Partially offsetting  the decrease  in floor plan
     financing will be an increase in floor plan debt to finance the purchase of
     vehicle inventory related to the Hickey Dodge acquisition. See Notes 2  and
     3  to the  notes to  the Pro Forma  Combined Balance  Sheet below. Interest
     expense associated with  such debt  is reflected in  Hickey Dodge's  actual
     results of operations for each period.
(3)  Entry  reverses  the one  month of  sales and  expenses (December  1994) of
     Performance Dodge, Inc.  recorded in  its statement of  operations for  the
     year ended November 30, 1995.
(4)  Reflects  the Company's estimate  of the net  additions to selling, general
     and administrative expenses and reductions in interest expense which  would
     have occurred if the Offering had been effected as of the beginning of each
     period  and  consists  of (a)  a  net increase  in  management compensation
     pursuant to new compensation arrangements to be in place subsequent to  the
     Offering, (b) an increase in administrative expenses associated with public
     ownership of the Company's Common Stock and (c) a net reduction in interest
     expense reflecting estimated proceeds used to pay down floor plan debt. See
     "Use of Proceeds." The additional expenses include:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                                   SIX MONTHS
                                                                                                YEAR ENDED            ENDED
                                                                                             DECEMBER 31, 1995    JUNE 30, 1996
                                                                                            -------------------  ---------------
<S>                                                                                         <C>                  <C>
     Management compensation..............................................................       $     189          $     322
     Legal and professional...............................................................             300                150
     Shareholder relations................................................................             250                125
     Other................................................................................             150                 75
                                                                                                     -----              -----
                                                                                                 $     889          $     672
                                                                                                     -----              -----
                                                                                                     -----              -----
</TABLE>
 
     The  net reduction in  interest expense was calculated  based on an average
     reduction in floor plan debt of  $25.0 million at the actual interest  rate
     in effect during each respective period.
(5)  The  pro forma combined statement of operations for the year ended December
     31,  1995  excludes   a  non-cash  expense   relating  to  employee   stock
     compensation  that the Company recognized in  the second quarter of 1996 in
     connection with the  Executive Purchase. This  non-cash expense  represents
     the  difference, as of April 1, 1996, between the Company's estimate of the
     fair value of  the Common Stock  issued in the  Executive Purchase and  the
     cash  consideration paid of $250,000. The Company based its estimate on the
     assumed initial public offering price of the Shares less certain  discounts
     to  reflect, as  of April  1, 1996,  the lack  of a  public market  for the
     securities, the uncertainty  regarding an initial  public offering and  the
     fact   that  the  pending   acquisition  of  Hickey   Dodge  had  not  been
     contemplated.
 
                                         (FOOTNOTES CONTINUED ON FOLLOWING PAGE)
 
                                       19
<PAGE>
(6)  Reflects additional interest expense,  depreciation and amortization as  if
     Performance Dodge, Inc. and Hickey Dodge had been acquired as of January 1,
     1995.  Additional interest expense of $540,000  for the year ended December
     31, 1995 includes interest on debt  used to acquire Performance Dodge at  a
     rate of 9.75%. Interest expense associated with floor plan debt has already
     been  reflected in  the actual  results of  operations, thus  no additional
     interest for such debt has been  included in the pro forma adjustment.  The
     pro  forma depreciation  and amortization for  the year  ended December 31,
     1995 primarily reflects additional  amortization of approximately  $527,000
     associated   with  intangible  assets,  which  assets  consist  largely  of
     goodwill, resulting from the acquisition of Performance Dodge  ($2,700,000)
     and  Hickey Dodge ($12,268,000). Amortization periods range from five to 40
     years with  the majority  of  such costs  being  amortized over  a  40-year
     period.  Partially offsetting the  increased amortization is  a decrease in
     depreciation expense  of approximately  $126,000 for  certain property  and
     equipment  that will not be included in the purchase of Hickey Dodge by the
     Company. The pro forma  adjustment for the six  months ended June 30,  1996
     reflects  increased  amortization  relating  solely  to  the  Hickey  Dodge
     acquisition, of  approximately $200,000,  partially  offset by  $40,000  of
     decreased depreciation.
 
(7)  Reflects  elimination of  the management  fees as  discussed under "Certain
     Transactions" and Note 17  to the Notes  to Combined Financial  Statements.
     See  footnote (4) above for increase in selling, general and administrative
     expenses for executive compensation paid to these individuals.
 
(8)  Reflects the estimated income  tax effect of  the adjustments described  in
     footnotes  (3) and (6) above and  Performance Dodge, Inc. and Hickey Dodge,
     as if they  were taxable  entities for the  year ended  December 31,  1995,
     using the Company's incremental tax rate of approximately 37%.
 
(9)  Reflects  the estimated income tax effect  of the adjustments (i) described
     in footnotes (4) and (7) above for  the year ended December 31, 1995,  (ii)
     described  in footnotes (4) and (6) above and (iii) for Hickey Dodge, as if
     it were a taxable entity, for the  six months ended June 30, 1996, in  each
     case using the Company's incremental tax rate of approximately 37%.
 
(10) Pro  forma earnings per share are based upon the assumption that 13,800,000
     shares of  Common  Stock  are  outstanding for  each  period.  This  amount
     represents  the Shares to be issued in the Offering (3,675,000), the number
     of shares of Common Stock  owned by the Company's stockholders  immediately
     following  the Reorganization (9,821,250) and  the 303,750 shares of Common
     Stock issued  in  connection  with the  Executive  Purchase.  See  "Certain
     Transactions" and Note 15 to the Notes to Combined Financial Statements.
(11) In  addition  to  the non-cash  expense  in connection  with  the Executive
     Purchase (see footnote  (5) above), during  the six months  ended June  30,
     1996, the Company recognized a compensation expense of $600,000 relating to
     the  Executive  Bonus.  Excluding  the  non-cash  expense  and compensation
     expense, pro forma operating  income and pro forma  net income for the  six
     months  ended June 30,  1996 would have approximated  $8.7 million and $4.7
     million, respectively.
 
                                       20
<PAGE>
                        PRO FORMA COMBINED BALANCE SHEET
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                AS OF JUNE 30, 1996
                                                                                       -------------------------------------
                                                                                                    PRO FORMA         PRO
                                                                                        ACTUAL     ADJUSTMENTS     FORMA (1)
                                                                                       --------  ---------------   ---------
                                                                                                  (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                                    <C>       <C>               <C>
                                                           ASSETS
Current Assets:
  Cash and cash equivalents..........................................................  $  8,892   $  3,196           12,088
  Accounts receivable................................................................    10,664     --               10,664
  Inventories........................................................................    38,416     15,837(2)        54,253
                                                                                       --------  ---------------   ---------
      Total current assets...........................................................    57,972     19,033           77,005
Net property, plant and equipment....................................................    12,213      1,000(2)        13,213
Goodwill, net, and other assets......................................................    10,703     12,268(2)        22,971
                                                                                       --------  ---------------   ---------
    Total assets.....................................................................  $ 80,888   $ 32,301         $113,189
                                                                                       --------  ---------------   ---------
                                                                                       --------  ---------------   ---------
                                            LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
Current Liabilities:
  Floor plan debt....................................................................  $ 36,177   $ (9,745)(2)(3)  $ 26,432
  Current maturities of long-term debt...............................................     1,543     --                1,543
  Accounts payable...................................................................     4,796     --                4,796
  Due to affiliates..................................................................     4,620     (4,153)(3)          467
  Accrued expenses and other liabilities.............................................     6,760     --                6,760
  Deferred income taxes..............................................................     2,032     --                2,032
                                                                                       --------  ---------------   ---------
      Total current liabilities......................................................    55,928    (13,898)          42,030
                                                                                       --------  ---------------   ---------
Long-term Liabilities:
  Long-term debt, excluding current maturities.......................................    11,131     --               11,131
  Deferred warranty revenue -- long-term portion.....................................     4,350     --                4,350
                                                                                       --------  ---------------   ---------
      Total long-term liabilities....................................................    15,481     --               15,481
                                                                                       --------  ---------------   ---------
Stockholders' Equity:
  Preferred Stock, $.01 par value, 10,000,000 shares authorized, no shares issued and
   outstanding.......................................................................     --        --                --
  Common Stock, $.01 par value; 100,000,000 shares authorized, no shares issued and
   outstanding, actual; 13,800,000 shares issued and outstanding, as adjusted(1).....       101         37(4)           138
  Paid-in capital....................................................................     2,312     46,162(4)        48,474
  Retained earnings..................................................................     7,066     --                7,066
                                                                                       --------  ---------------   ---------
      Total stockholders' equity.....................................................     9,479     46,199           55,678
                                                                                       --------  ---------------   ---------
        Total liabilities and stockholders' equity...................................  $ 80,888   $ 32,301         $113,189
                                                                                       --------  ---------------   ---------
                                                                                       --------  ---------------   ---------
</TABLE>
 
- ----------
(1) A sale by the Selling Stockholders of the shares of Common Stock included in
    the Underwriters'  over-allotment option  would not  increase  stockholders'
    equity,  the  number  of shares  issued  and  outstanding or  cash  and cash
    equivalents.
 
(2) Reflects the allocation  of the  Hickey Dodge  purchase price  based on  the
    estimated  fair value of assets acquired. The purchase price consists of the
    following:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                           <C>
Estimated cash consideration................................................  $13,850,000
Less estimated fair value of assets acquired................................   1,582,000
                                                                              ----------
Excess of purchase price over fair value of tangible assets acquired........  $12,268,000
                                                                              ----------
                                                                              ----------
</TABLE>
 
    The Company is purchasing new vehicle and parts inventory, certain  property
    and  equipment and the dealer agreement with Chrysler-Dodge and may purchase
    some or all of the used vehicle inventory. The excess of the purchase  price
    over  the  fair  value of  tangible  assets  acquired will  be  allocated to
    intangible assets, primarily the dealer  agreement and goodwill. Fair  value
    of  assets acquired  primarily represents  the estimated  fair value  of the
    parts inventory and certain property and equipment. Vehicle inventory, which
    at June 30, 1996 approximated $15,255,000, will be financed with floor  plan
    debt.
 
(3) Reflects  the application  of the  estimated net  proceeds of  the Offering.
    Approximately $25.0  million  will  be  used  to  reduce  floor  plan  debt,
    approximately  $13.85 million will  be utilized to  acquire Hickey Dodge and
    the remainder of the  estimated net proceeds  of approximately $7.3  million
    will  be  invested in  the GMAC  Deposit Account  and cash  equivalents. The
    reduction in due to affiliates represents the remittance of funds that  have
    been  advanced to  the Company  to invest in  the GMAC  Deposit Account. See
    "Certain Transactions" and "Use of Proceeds."
 
(4) Reflects the issuance  of 3,675,000 shares  of Common Stock  at the  initial
    public  offering  price  of  $14.00 per  share,  net  of  estimated offering
    expenses of $5.3 million.
 
                                       21
<PAGE>
                      MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
                OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
    THE  FOLLOWING  DISCUSSION  OF  THE  RESULTS  OF  OPERATIONS  AND  FINANCIAL
CONDITION  OF  THE COMPANY  SHOULD  BE READ  IN  CONJUNCTION WITH  THE COMPANY'S
COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND THE  RELATED NOTES THERETO INCLUDED  ELSEWHERE
IN THIS PROSPECTUS.
 
OVERVIEW
 
    The  Company owns and operates six  franchised automobile dealerships in the
Amarillo and Oklahoma City  markets and has  grown primarily through  dealership
acquisitions  since the founders of the  Company acquired their first dealership
in 1982. Given the  relatively stable demand  for new and  used vehicles in  the
United  States  generally,  and in  the  markets  served by  its  dealerships in
particular, the Company  expects that  future growth will  be primarily  derived
from acquisitions of additional dealerships. Based on management's experience in
acquiring and integrating dealerships, the Company believes that it takes two to
three  years to integrate  an acquired dealership  into the Company's operations
and  realize  the  full  benefit  of  the  Company's  strategies  and   systems.
Significant   management  attention,  capital  investment  and  an  increase  in
operating expenses are typically required for acquisitions, particularly in  the
first  year  after the  acquisition. During  the early  part of  the integration
period the operating results of an acquired dealership may decrease from results
attained prior to the acquisition as  the Company implements its strategies  and
systems.  For the first six months of 1996, the financial performance of the two
Oklahoma City dealerships acquired in 1995 has been below their performance  for
the  first  six  months  of  1995.  The  Company  anticipates  that  general and
administrative expenses may increase in the future as the Company continues  its
expansion by acquiring other dealerships.
 
    The Company generates its revenues from sales of new and used vehicles, fees
for  repair  and  maintenance services,  sales  of replacement  parts,  sales of
extended warranties  on  vehicles,  and  fees  and  commissions  from  arranging
financing  and credit insurance in connection with vehicle sales. While sales of
new vehicles are sensitive to general economic conditions, the Company  believes
that  its used car sales and parts  and service operations are less affected and
help to  mitigate, in  part,  the effects  of  general economic  downturns.  The
Company  also believes that its  strong market share in  the Amarillo market has
contributed to  its revenues  and profitability.  The Company  is the  exclusive
Chevrolet  dealer in Amarillo and in 1995 derived approximately 71% of its gross
profit from its three  Chevrolet dealerships in Amarillo.  The Company could  be
materially   adversely  affected  if  Chevrolet  awarded  additional  dealership
franchises to  others in  the Amarillo  market, although  the Company  does  not
anticipate  such  awards  will  be  made,  or  if  other  automobile dealerships
increased their market share in the area.  The Company does not have as large  a
market share in Oklahoma City and there can be no assurance that it will be able
to obtain such a position in any other market that it may enter.
 
    New  vehicle revenues include sales of new vehicles and revenue attributable
to vehicle leases arranged  by the Company ($114.5  million in the aggregate  in
1995).  Sales or  trades of  new vehicles  to other  franchised dealers  are not
included in  Company revenues  but  result in  an  adjustment to  inventory  and
flooring  debt. Used vehicle revenues include amounts received for used vehicles
sold to retail customers,  other dealers and wholesalers  ($98.5 million in  the
aggregate  in  1995). Other  operating revenues  include  (i) parts  and service
revenues and  (ii)  revenues  from  F&I transactions,  which  include  fees  and
commissions associated with financing and insurance arrangements and the sale of
extended warranties. The Company recognizes revenue attributable to sales of its
warranties  over the term of the warranties for accounting purposes, although it
receives payment in  full at the  time of  sale. In contrast,  when the  Company
sells  warranties of third party vendors, as it does in the Oklahoma City market
and may  do in  new  markets that  it enters  and  with respect  to all  of  its
dealerships  in the future,  the Company receives  and, for accounting purposes,
immediately recognizes a  commission at  the time  of sale.  In connection  with
vehicle  financing contracts, the Company receives  a fee (a "finance fee") from
the lender for originating the loan but is assessed a charge (a "chargeback") by
the lender if the contract terminates  before its scheduled maturity, which  can
result from
 
                                       22
<PAGE>
early  repayment  because of  refinancing the  loan, selling  or trading  in the
vehicle or default on the loan. The amount of the chargeback depends on how long
the related loan was outstanding. As a result, the Company establishes a reserve
based on its historical chargeback experience.
 
    At each of its dealerships,  the Company's management focuses on  maximizing
profitability  in  each area  of operations  rather than  on volumes  of vehicle
sales. The key factors affecting the Company's profitability are costs of  sales
and  selling,  general and  administrative expenses.  The average  gross margins
obtained by franchised  vehicle dealers  in the United  States on  sales of  new
vehicles  have declined  from over 7.0%  in 1991  to 6.5% in  1995. Although the
Company's gross margins  on new  vehicle sales declined  from 12.5%  in 1994  to
12.1%   in  1995,  the  Company's  gross  margins  on  new  vehicle  sales  have
consistently been higher than the industry average. The Company's gross  margins
on  used vehicle sales fluctuate based on  many factors, including the volume of
used vehicles sold  to other dealers  and wholesalers and  the turnover rate  of
used vehicle inventory, and were 8.9% in 1994 and 9.8% in 1995. See "Business --
Dealership  Operations -- Used Vehicle Sales."  Excluding sales to other dealers
and wholesalers (which  are frequently at  or below cost),  the Company's  gross
margin  in 1995 of  13.7% on retail  sales of used  vehicles is currently higher
than its margin on new vehicles.
 
    The Company's  cost of  sales and  profitability are  also affected  by  the
allocations  of new vehicles which its dealerships receive from automakers. When
the Company does not receive allocations of new vehicle models adequate to  meet
customer  demand,  it  purchases additional  vehicles  from other  dealers  at a
premium to the manufacturer's invoice, reducing the gross margin realized on the
sales of such vehicles. In addition, the Company follows a disciplined  approach
in selling vehicles to other dealers and wholesalers when the vehicles have been
in  the Company's inventory longer than the  guidelines set by the Company. Such
sales are  frequently at  or below  cost and,  therefore, affect  the  Company's
overall  gross margin on  vehicle sales. The  Company's salary expense, employee
benefits costs and advertising  expenses comprise the  majority of its  selling,
general  and administrative expenses. The  Company's interest expense fluctuates
based primarily  on  the  level  of  the  inventory  of  vehicles  held  at  its
dealerships, substantially all of which is financed (such financing being called
"floor plan financing" or "flooring").
 
    As  a privately  held company,  Cross-Continent historically  reimbursed the
Gilliland Group Family Partnership ("GGFP") for costs incurred by GGFP on behalf
of  the  Company,  including  the   Company's  proportionate  share  of   GGFP's
administrative,  clerical and other  corporate overhead costs.  In addition, the
Company paid GGFP a fee for management services generally based on the Company's
profits and the level of  management services rendered. The Company's  financial
statements  included  in this  Prospectus reflect  allocated costs  and expenses
attributable to administrative,  clerical and corporate  assistance provided  by
GGFP  as selling, general  and administrative expenses. That  portion of the fee
paid to  GGFP that  represented a  share  of the  overall profitability  of  the
Company has been reflected in the financial statements as management fees. As of
January  1, 1996, the  Company began providing  the administrative and corporate
oversight previously provided by  GGFP and discontinued  its practice of  paying
management fees to GGFP. See "Management."
 
    The  Company has accounted for the purchase  of each of its dealerships on a
purchase basis and, as  a result, does not  include in its financial  statements
the  results of  operations of  these dealerships  prior to  the date  they were
acquired by  the  Company. The  combined  financial statements  of  the  Company
reflect  the results of operations, financial position and cash flows of each of
the Company's dealerships. The financial information included in this Prospectus
may not necessarily reflect  the results of  operations, financial position  and
cash  flows of  the Company  in the  future or  what the  results of operations,
financial position and  cash flows would  have been had  the Reorganization  and
Offering occurred during the periods presented in the financial statements.
 
                                       23
<PAGE>
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
    The  following table summarizes, for  the periods presented, the percentages
of total  revenues  represented by  certain  items reflected  in  the  Company's
statement of operations.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                  PERCENTAGE OF REVENUES
                                                              ---------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                      SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE
                                                                     YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,                   30,
                                                              -------------------------------------  ------------------------
                                                                 1993         1994        1995(1)      1995(2)       1996
                                                              -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
<S>                                                           <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>
Revenues:
  New vehicle sales.........................................       55.0%        50.0%        48.5%        47.7%        46.8%
  Used vehicle sales........................................       35.8         40.1         41.7         42.6         42.3
  Other operating revenue (3)...............................        9.2          9.9          9.8          9.7         10.9
                                                                  -----        -----        -----        -----        -----
      Total revenues........................................      100.0        100.0        100.0        100.0        100.0
Cost of sales...............................................       84.5         84.4         84.1         84.1         84.9
                                                                  -----        -----        -----        -----        -----
Gross profit................................................       15.5         15.6         15.9         15.9         15.1
Selling, general and administrative.........................       10.4         10.2         10.9         10.6         11.1
Depreciation and amortization...............................        0.6          0.5          0.4          0.4          0.4
Management fees (4).........................................        1.5          1.8          1.8          1.9        --
Employee stock compensation (5).............................      --           --           --           --             0.8
                                                                  -----        -----        -----        -----        -----
Operating income............................................        3.0          3.1          2.8          3.0          2.8(6)
Interest expense, net.......................................      (1.1)        (1.1)        (1.3)        (1.4)        (1.2)
                                                                  -----        -----        -----        -----        -----
Income before income taxes..................................        1.9          2.0          1.5          1.6          1.6
Income tax expense..........................................        0.7          0.7          0.6          0.6          0.9
                                                                  -----        -----        -----        -----        -----
Net income..................................................        1.2%         1.3%         0.9%         1.0%         0.7%(6)
                                                                  -----        -----        -----        -----        -----
                                                                  -----        -----        -----        -----        -----
</TABLE>
 
- ----------
(1)  The  results for the  year ended December  31, 1995 include  the results of
     Performance Nissan, Inc. from the date of acquisition, February 2, 1995 and
     the results  of  Performance Dodge,  Inc.  from the  date  of  acquisition,
     December 4, 1995.
(2)  The  results for the six months ended  June 30, 1995 include the results of
     Performance Nissan, Inc. from the date of acquisition, February 2, 1995.
(3)  Reflects primarily parts and service sales and F&I-related revenue.
(4)  Management fees reflect certain payments made to GGFP prior to 1996,  which
     payments have been discontinued as of January 1, 1996.
(5)  Represents  a non-cash  expense of  approximately $1.1  million relating to
     employee stock  compensation  that the  Company  recognized in  the  second
     quarter  of 1996 in  connection with the  Executive Purchase. This non-cash
     expense represents  the  difference,  as  of April  1,  1996,  between  the
     Company's  estimate of  the fair  value of the  Common Stock  issued in the
     Executive Purchase and the cash consideration paid of $250,000. The Company
     based its estimate  on the  assumed initial  public offering  price of  the
     Shares  less certain discounts to reflect, as of April 1, 1996, the lack of
     a public market for  the securities, the  uncertainty regarding an  initial
     public  offering and the fact that  the pending acquisition of Hickey Dodge
     had not been contemplated.
(6)  In addition  to  the non-cash  expense  of approximately  $1.1  million  in
     connection with the Executive Purchase (see footnote (5) above), during the
     six  months  ended June  30, 1996,  the  Company recognized  a compensation
     expense of $600,000 relating to the Executive Bonus. Excluding the non-cash
     expense and compensation  expense, actual operating  income and net  income
     for  the six months ended June 30, 1996, as a percentage of total revenues,
     would have approximated 4.0% and 1.8%, respectively.
 
FIRST SIX MONTHS 1996 VERSUS FIRST SIX MONTHS 1995
 
    REVENUES
 
    Revenues grew in each of the  Company's primary revenue areas for the  first
six  months of 1996 as compared with the first six months of 1995, causing total
sales to increase 25.7% to $141.2  million. New vehicle sales revenue  increased
23.3%  in the  first six months  of 1996  to $66.1 million,  compared with $53.6
million in the first six months of 1995. Substantially all of this increase  was
attributable  to the Company's dealerships in Oklahoma City, sales of which were
included for  the full  six  months in  1996 while  only  one of  the  Company's
Oklahoma  City dealerships was included for a portion of the first six months of
1995.
 
    Used vehicle sales increased  by 25.1% in  the first six  months of 1996  to
$59.8  million, compared with $47.8 million in the first six months of 1995. The
inclusion of the Company's  Oklahoma City dealerships  in the Company's  results
for  the first  six months  of 1996  accounted for  45.3% of  this increase. The
remainder of the increase  was largely attributable to  an increase in sales  of
used vehicles to wholesalers and other dealers
 
                                       24
<PAGE>
in accordance with the Company's inventory management guidelines. An improvement
in  the mix  of used  vehicles purchased  by retail  customers also  resulted in
higher unit  prices and  contributed to  the overall  increase in  used  vehicle
sales.
 
    The  Company's other operating  revenue increased 40.4%  to $15.3 million in
the first six months of 1996 from $10.9 million in the first six months of  1995
largely because of inclusion of the parts and service sales and F&I sales by the
Company's  Oklahoma City dealerships, which accounted for 79.3% of the increase.
The remaining increase was primarily  attributable to increased F&I revenue  per
vehicle sold by the Company's Amarillo dealerships.
 
    GROSS PROFIT
 
    Gross  profit  increased 19.0%  in the  first  six months  of 1996  to $21.3
million, compared with $17.9 million for the first six months of 1995, primarily
because of the addition of sales from the Company's Oklahoma City dealerships in
the 1996 period. Gross profit as a percentage of sales decreased to 15.1% in the
first six months of 1996 from 15.9% in the same period in 1995. The decrease  in
gross  profit as a percentage of sales was caused principally by reduced margins
for new and used vehicle sales at the Company's Amarillo dealerships,  partially
offset  by an increase in gross profit as  a percentage of sales on new and used
vehicle sales at the Company's Oklahoma City dealerships.
 
    The reduction in gross  margin on new vehicles  at the Amarillo  dealerships
was  primarily  attributable  to  increased  vehicle  costs  resulting  from the
Company's efforts to minimize the effect of inventory shortfalls caused by  GM's
parts plant strike in March 1996 by purchasing supplemental inventory from other
dealers.  Gross  margins  on the  sale  of  new vehicles  at  the  Oklahoma City
dealerships increased in the first  six months of 1996  from the same period  of
1995.  The Company believes that  this increase was due,  in part, to a one-time
favorable vehicle allocation  from the manufacturers  relating to the  Company's
acquisition  of these dealerships and, in  part, to the Company's implementation
of its business strategy.
 
    The reduction in gross margin on  used vehicles at the Amarillo  dealerships
was  primarily  attributable to  increased  vehicle purchase  and reconditioning
costs as well as greater volume of  sales of used vehicles to other dealers  and
wholesalers  (which sales  are frequently  at or  slightly below  cost) to avoid
carrying charges associated with used vehicle inventory. If such sales to  other
dealers  and  wholesalers continue  to increase  as a  percentage of  total used
vehicle sales,  gross  margins on  total  used  vehicle sales  may  continue  to
decline.  Used vehicle gross margins at  the Oklahoma City dealerships increased
slightly due to the Company's implementation of its "mirror the market" program.
In the  first six  months of  1996, approximately  29.6% of  the Company's  used
vehicles   sales  were  to   other  dealers  and   wholesalers  as  compared  to
approximately 22.8% in the first six months of 1995.
 
    Gross profit from other operating revenue, which includes parts and service,
F&I activities and other  incidental revenue, increased 31.8%  in the first  six
months  of 1996 to  $8.7 million, compared  with $6.6 million  for the first six
months of 1995, largely because of the inclusion of the Company's Oklahoma  City
dealerships,  which  accounted for  79.0%  of the  increase.  Gross profit  as a
percentage of other operating revenue declined to 56.7% in the first six  months
of  1996 as compared  to 60.5% for  the same period  of 1995 due  primarily to a
decrease in gross  margin on F&I  activities resulting from  an increase in  the
Company's  warranty repair costs. For the six  months ended June 30, 1996, gross
profit from F&I activities  accounted for 32.5% of  the gross profit from  other
operating revenue as compared to 36.2% for the same period of 1995.
 
    SELLING, GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSES; MANAGEMENT FEES
 
    The  Company's  selling, general  and  administrative expenses  increased to
$15.7 million in the first six months  of 1996 compared to $12.0 million in  the
first six months of 1995, and increased as a percentage of revenue to 11.1% from
10.6%.  The  Oklahoma  City  dealerships'  selling,  general  and administrative
expenses were higher as a percentage  of their total revenues compared with  the
Company's Amarillo dealerships. This was due to certain expenses incurred by the
Oklahoma  City  dealerships  in  integrating the  Company's  systems  into their
operations and implementing the Company's strategies.
 
    As of January 1,  1996, the Company ceased  paying management fees to  GGFP.
See  Notes 4 and 7 to the "Pro Forma Combined Financial Data," "-- Overview" and
Note 17 to the Combined Financial Statements.
 
                                       25
<PAGE>
    The  Company  recorded  a  non-cash  expense  relating  to  employee   stock
compensation  of approximately  $1.1 million  in the  six months  ended June 30,
1996, representing the  difference between  the Company's estimate  of the  fair
value,  as of April 1, 1996, of the 303,750 shares of Common Stock issued in the
Executive Purchase and  the cash  consideration paid of  $250,000. See  "Certain
Transactions" and Note 15 to the Notes to Combined Financial Statements.
 
    In  July  1996,  the Company  implemented  a revised  compensation  plan for
Messrs. Gilliland, Hall, Rice and  Mager (the "Senior Management Group").  Under
this  revised plan,  the Company's  Senior Management  Group is  to receive base
salaries approximating an aggregate of $1,020,000  per year, subject to cost  of
living  adjustments in future  years. During the  first six months  of 1996, the
base salaries paid to the Senior Management Group totalled $180,000. Because  of
the  newly implemented  plan, compensation  to this  group will  increase in the
second half of  1996. In conjunction  with the Reorganization,  the Company  has
agreed  to pay one of its executive  officers a bonus of $600,000. The Executive
Bonus has been expensed in its entirety in the three months ended June 30, 1996.
Other than the Executive Bonus, the Senior Management Group will not receive any
bonus payments in 1996.
 
    INTEREST EXPENSE
 
    The Company's interest expense increased 16.5% to $2.3 million for the first
six months of  1996 compared  to $1.9 million  for the  corresponding period  of
1995.  The increase was due to interest expense associated with the acquisitions
of the Oklahoma City  dealerships and related  inventories, which were  financed
primarily  with debt. This increase  was partially offset by  a reduction in the
Company's interest expense at its Amarillo dealerships caused by lower levels of
floor plan financing due  to fewer vehicles held  in inventory during the  first
six months of 1996 compared with the first six months of 1995.
 
    NET INCOME
 
    The  Company's net income decreased by 6.9% to $1.0 million in the first six
months of 1996 compared to  $1.1 million in the first  six months of 1995.  This
decrease was primarily attributable to the non-cash expense relating to employee
stock  compensation  of  approximately  $1.1  million  in  connection  with  the
Executive Purchase  and the  compensation expense  of $600,000  relating to  the
Executive  Bonus. Excluding the  non-cash expense and  compensation expense, net
income for the six months ended June 30, 1996 would have been $2.5 million.  The
Company's effective tax rate for the six months ended June 30, 1996 approximated
54.3%  as compared to 37.4%  for the comparable period  of 1995. The increase in
the effective rate  relates to certain  non-deductible expenses incurred  during
the first six months of 1996.
 
1995 VERSUS 1994
 
    REVENUES
 
    The  Company's total revenue increased 29.9%  to $236.2 million in 1995 from
$181.8 million in 1994. New vehicle  sales increased 26.1% to $114.5 million  in
1995  from  $90.8 million  in  1994, primarily  because  of the  acquisitions in
February and December  1995, respectively, of  the Company's Performance  Nissan
and Performance Dodge dealerships in Oklahoma City. The inclusion of the results
of  these two dealerships accounted for  64.7% of the Company's overall increase
in new vehicle sales in 1995. The remainder of the increase in new vehicle sales
in 1995 was largely attributable  to a net increase in  sales volume of 9.2%  at
the  Company's dealerships in Amarillo, which the Company believes was primarily
due to changes  in inventory  mix, population growth  and, to  a lesser  extent,
increases in new vehicle sales prices.
 
    Used  vehicle  sales increased  35.1% to  $98.5 million  in 1995  from $72.9
million in 1994.  The inclusion of  the results of  the Company's Oklahoma  City
dealerships  accounted  for 68.8%  of this  increase in  used vehicle  sales. In
addition, the  Company's  Quality Nissan  dealership  in Amarillo,  which  began
selling  used vehicles in May 1994, accounted for 16.4% of the Company's overall
increase in used vehicle sales in 1995. The Company attributes the remainder  of
the  increase in its used vehicle sales in 1995 to increases in volume resulting
from improvements  in  stocking and  selling  used  vehicles in  demand  in  the
Amarillo  market  and an  increase of  approximately 18%  in the  average retail
selling price per vehicle sold related in part to increases in retail prices and
in part to changes in the vehicle mix.
 
                                       26
<PAGE>
    The  Company's other operating revenue increased  28.9% to $23.2 million for
1995, compared to $18.0  million for 1994  largely due to  the inclusion of  the
Company's  Oklahoma  City dealerships  in the  1995  results of  operations. The
addition of the Oklahoma City dealerships accounted for approximately 77% of the
increase in other operating revenue. The Company attributes the remainder of the
increase mainly to an increase in parts and service sales by its dealerships  in
Amarillo,  which the  Company believes  was caused  by population  growth in the
Amarillo market,  and to  an increase  in the  Amarillo dealerships'  F&I  sales
caused  by the  growth in  vehicle sales and  an increase  in the  volume of F&I
products sold by the Company, such  as extended warranties and credit  insurance
policies.
 
    GROSS PROFIT
 
    Gross  profit increased 32.5% in 1995 to $37.5 million from $28.3 million in
1994 primarily  due  to  the  Oklahoma  City  dealerships.  Gross  profit  as  a
percentage  of sales increased to 15.9% in 1995 from 15.6% in 1994. The increase
in gross margin was principally caused  by higher gross margins on used  vehicle
sales and parts and service sales, which were partially offset by a reduction in
the  gross margin on new vehicles. The increase in gross margin on used vehicles
was primarily due to the success of the Company's strategy to mirror the  market
in  Amarillo. The new vehicle margin declined because the Company purchased more
new vehicles from  other dealers in  1995, at prices  above what the  automakers
would  have charged, due to General Motors' inability to supply the Company with
its desired mix of the more popular-selling models.
 
    The  Company's  gross  margin  on  used  vehicle  sales  increased  due   to
improvements  by the Company in stocking and  selling used vehicles in demand in
its local markets and fewer used vehicle sales to other dealers and  wholesalers
(which  sales are frequently at or below  cost). In 1995, 23.0% of the Company's
used vehicle sales were to other dealers and wholesalers as compared to 31.2% in
1994.
 
    The Company's overall gross margin also improved in 1995 due to higher parts
and service margins resulting from increased labor efficiencies in its parts and
service work, including the use of a variable pricing system that reflected  the
difficulty   and   sophistication   of   different   types   of   repairs,   and
productivity-based compensation for its parts and service teams.
 
    The Company's gross  profit on  other operating revenue  increased 34.0%  in
1995  to  $14.1  million from  $10.5  million  in 1994  largely  because  of the
inclusion of the Company's Oklahoma City dealerships, which accounted for  69.0%
of  the increase. For  the year ended  December 31, 1995,  gross profit from F&I
activities accounted for 38.4% of the gross profit from other operating  revenue
as  compared to 32.8%  for the year ended  December 31, 1994.  Gross profit as a
percentage of other operating revenue increased  to 60.7% in 1995 from 58.0%  in
1994. This increase was attributable primarily to the implementation of variable
rate pricing strategies in the Company's parts and service department.
 
    SELLING, GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSES; MANAGEMENT FEES
 
    The  Company's  selling, general  and  administrative expenses  increased to
$25.6 million, or 10.9% of the  Company's revenues, in 1995 from $18.5  million,
or  10.2% of total revenues, in 1994. Expenses associated with the Oklahoma City
dealerships acquired by the Company in  1995 accounted for approximately 79%  of
this  increase. The Company attributes the remainder of the increase in selling,
general and administrative expenses primarily  to higher compensation levels  in
1995  and to  an increase in  advertising expenses. Due  primarily to transition
costs, selling,  general  and  administrative  expenses  of  the  Oklahoma  City
dealerships  represented 15.2% of the total revenue in 1995, compared with 10.0%
for the Company's Amarillo dealerships.
 
    The Company's management fees increased 34.4%  to $4.3 million in 1995  from
$3.2  million in  1994. This  increase was  attributable to  increased levels of
services provided related to the Oklahoma City dealerships and increased  levels
of overall profitability of the Company.
 
    INTEREST EXPENSE
 
    The  Company's interest expense in 1995 increased 56.0% to $3.9 million from
$2.5 million in  1994. The Company  attributes 38.4% of  this increase to  floor
plan financing at the Company's Oklahoma City
 
                                       27
<PAGE>
dealership  acquired in February  1995. The remainder  of the increase primarily
reflects higher levels of flooring due to higher vehicle inventories in 1995  as
compared  to 1994, interest expense on  the debt incurred to acquire Performance
Nissan and an increase in the financing rate charged by GMAC during 1995.
 
    NET INCOME
 
    The Company's net income  in 1995 decreased 8.3%  to $2.2 million from  $2.4
million  in 1994. This  decrease was principally  caused by an  increase of $1.1
million in  management  fees in  1995.  Excluding management  fees,  which  were
eliminated  beginning in 1996, the Company's  net income would have increased by
12.0% to $4.9 million in 1995.
 
1994 VERSUS 1993
 
    REVENUES
 
    Total revenues increased  9.9% to $181.8  million in 1994  as compared  with
$165.4  million in  1993. New vehicle  sales were relatively  unchanged at $90.8
million in 1994 compared with $91.0 million  in 1993. The slight decline in  new
vehicle  sales  was  attributable  to  the  Company's  inability  to  obtain  an
appropriate mix  of  new  Chevrolet  vehicles to  meet  customer  demand  and  a
disruption  in  sales  because  of  the  relocation  of  one  of  the  Company's
dealerships during the year.  These factors were mitigated  by increases in  new
vehicle  sales at two of the Company's  dealerships because of a higher level of
truck sales and an increase in the average new vehicle retail sales price.
 
    Used vehicle sales increased  23.1% to $72.9 million  in 1994 compared  with
$59.2  million  in  1993.  This  increase  was  primarily  attributable  to  the
introduction of used  vehicles at  one of the  Company's dealerships  and to  an
increase  in the  volume of  used vehicle  inventory sold  to other  dealers and
wholesalers.
 
    The Company's other operating  revenue increased 18.4%  to $18.0 million  in
1994  from $15.2  million in  1993. An  increase of  19.0% in  parts and service
revenue was largely  due to  sales originating  from newly  renovated parts  and
service  facilities at one  of the Company's dealerships.  The increase in parts
and service revenue  also was the  result of inventory  management systems  that
were  implemented in 1993. The Company's  other operating revenue also increased
in 1994 due  to a  net increase  of 8.1% in  the level  of F&I  activity at  the
Company's  dealerships, which was directly related  to a greater volume of sales
of used vehicles at the Company's dealerships.
 
    GROSS PROFIT
 
    Gross profit increased 10.1% to $28.3 million in 1994 from $25.7 million  in
1993  primarily  because of  increased profits  in parts  and service  sales and
higher profits on new vehicle sales primarily due to an increase in truck sales,
which typically carry  a higher  margin than new  car sales.  Gross profit  from
other  operating  revenue increased  19.3% in  1994 to  $10.5 million  from $8.8
million in 1993.  This increase  was largely  due to  an increase  in parts  and
service activity and a greater volume of sales of used vehicles at the Company's
dealerships, which resulted in a greater amount of F&I activity. Gross profit as
a  percentage of  other operating revenue  remained relatively  constant at 58%.
Overall gross profit  as a percentage  of sales remained  unchanged at 15.6%  in
1994 and 1993.
 
    SELLING, GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSES; MANAGEMENT FEES
 
    The  Company's  selling, general  and  administrative expenses  increased to
$18.5 million in 1994,  which represented a slight  decline in selling,  general
and  administrative expenses as a percentage of  sales to 10.2% in 1994 compared
to 10.4% in  1993. This percentage  decrease was primarily  attributable to  the
higher volume of sales in 1994.
 
    Management  fees increased  25.5% to $3.2  million in 1994  compared to $2.5
million in 1993. This increase was primarily due to increased profitability.
 
    INTEREST EXPENSE
 
    The Company's interest expense increased 19.0% to $2.5 million in 1994  from
$2.1  million in 1993. This increase was  attributable to higher levels of floor
plan financing  caused  by  increased  levels of  inventory,  interest  on  debt
incurred  in connection with the relocation  of one of the Company's dealerships
and a general increase in interest rates.
 
                                       28
<PAGE>
    NET INCOME
 
    As a result of the factors  noted above, the Company's net income  increased
20.0% to $2.4 million in 1994 from $2.0 million in 1993.
 
SELECTED QUARTERLY RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
    The  following tables set forth the Company's results of operations data for
the quarterly periods presented. This presentation should be read in conjunction
with the audited  and unaudited  financial statements of  the Company  appearing
elsewhere in this Prospectus. Because of the seasonal nature of its business and
based  on  past experience,  the Company  expects its  operating income  for the
fourth quarter  to  be  lower  than  that of  the  second  and  third  quarters.
Historically,  the Company's first quarter results  of operations are also lower
than those of the second and third quarters. The Company's results of operations
for the  first and  second quarters  of  1996 did  not reflect  this  historical
seasonality.  This was largely  attributable to the  particularly high volume of
sales in the  first quarter of  1996, the effects  of the drought  in the  Texas
Panhandle  and in Oklahoma that adversely affected the second quarter results, a
less favorable allocation of new vehicles from General Motors that was  directly
related  to strikes at two GM parts plants in March 1996 and a greater volume of
sales of  used  vehicles to  other  dealers  and wholesalers  (which  sales  are
frequently  at or below cost) in the first  six months of 1996. See "--First Six
Months 1996 versus First Six Months 1995."
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               QUARTER ENDED
                          ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                            MARCH 31,      JUNE 30,     SEPTEMBER 30,  DECEMBER 31,     MARCH 31,      JUNE 30,
                            1995 (1)         1995           1995         1995 (2)         1996           1996
                          -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------
                                                               (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                       <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>
Revenues:
  New vehicle sales.....    $  23,840      $  29,789      $  31,521      $  29,344      $  34,649      $  31,493
  Used vehicle sales....       21,237         26,598         26,016         24,639         29,360         30,398
  Other operating
   revenue..............        4,990          5,891          6,281          6,049          7,220          8,121
                          -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------
    Total revenues......       50,067         62,278         63,818         60,032         71,229         70,012
Cost of sales...........       42,449         52,022         53,374         50,857         59,896         60,025
                          -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------
Gross profit............        7,618         10,256         10,444          9,175         11,333          9,987
Selling, general and
 administrative.........        5,377          6,580          6,685          6,987          7,537          8,158
Depreciation and
 amortization...........          224            248            240            240            270            279
Management fees (3).....          798          1,357          1,393            770         --             --
Employee stock
 compensation (4).......       --             --             --             --             --              1,099
                          -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------
Operating income........        1,219          2,071          2,126          1,178          3,526            451(5)
Interest expense, net...         (704)          (823)          (749)          (813)          (975)          (749)
                          -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------
Income (loss) before
 income taxes...........          515          1,248          1,377            365          2,551           (298)
Income tax expense......          193            466            515            136            952            272
                          -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------
Net income (loss).......    $     322      $     782      $     862      $     229      $   1,599      $    (570)(5)
                          -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------
                          -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------
</TABLE>
 
- ------------
(1)  Includes results of operations for  Performance Nissan, Inc. from  February
     2, 1995.
(2)  Includes results of operations for Performance Dodge, Inc. from December 4,
     1995.
(3)  Discontinued as of January 1, 1996.
(4)  Represents  a non-cash expense relating to employee stock compensation that
     the Company recognized in the second quarter of 1996 in connection with the
     Executive Purchase. This non-cash expense represents the difference, as  of
     April  1, 1996,  between the  Company's estimate of  the fair  value of the
     Common Stock issued in  the Executive Purchase  and the cash  consideration
     paid of
 
                                         (FOOTNOTES CONTINUED ON FOLLOWING PAGE)
 
                                       29
<PAGE>
     $250,000.  The Company  based its  estimate on  the assumed  initial public
     offering price of the Shares less certain discounts to reflect, as of April
     1, 1996, the lack  of a public market  for the securities, the  uncertainty
     regarding  an  initial  public  offering  and  the  fact  that  the pending
     acquisition of Hickey Dodge had not been contemplated.
(5)  In addition  to  the non-cash  expense  in connection  with  the  Executive
     Purchase  (see footnote (4) above), during  the three months ended June 30,
     1996, the Company recognized a compensation expense of $600,000 relating to
     the Executive  Bonus.  Excluding  the  non-cash  expense  and  compensation
     expense,  actual operating income and net income for the three months ended
     June 30,  1996 would  have  approximated $2.15  million and  $0.9  million,
     respectively.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                     QUARTER ENDED
                          ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                             MARCH 31,        JUNE 30,       SEPTEMBER 30,    DECEMBER 31,       MARCH 31,        JUNE 30,
                             1995 (1)           1995             1995           1995 (2)           1996             1996
                          ---------------  ---------------  ---------------  ---------------  ---------------  ---------------
<S>                       <C>              <C>              <C>              <C>              <C>              <C>
Revenues:
  New vehicle sales.....         47.6%            47.8%            49.4%            48.9%            48.6%            45.0%
  Used vehicle sales....         42.4             42.7             40.8             41.0             41.2             43.4
  Other operating
   revenue..............         10.0              9.5              9.8             10.1             10.2             11.6
                                -----            -----            -----            -----            -----            -----
    Total revenues......        100.0            100.0            100.0            100.0            100.0            100.0
Cost of sales...........         84.8             83.5             83.6             84.7             84.1             85.7
                                -----            -----            -----            -----            -----            -----
Gross profit............         15.2             16.5             16.4             15.3             15.9             14.3
Selling, general and
 administrative.........         10.7             10.6             10.5             11.6             10.6             11.7
Depreciation and
 amortization...........          0.5              0.4              0.4              0.4              0.4              0.4
Management fees (3).....          1.6              2.2              2.2              1.3            --               --
Employee stock
 compensation (4).......        --               --               --               --               --                 1.6
                                -----            -----            -----            -----            -----            -----
Operating income (5)....          2.4              3.3              3.3              2.0              4.9              0.6
Interest expense, net...         (1.4)            (1.3)            (1.2)            (1.4)            (1.3)            (1.0)
                                -----            -----            -----            -----            -----            -----
Income (loss) before
 income taxes...........          1.0              2.0              2.1              0.6              3.6             (0.4)
Income tax expense......          0.4              0.7              0.8              0.2              1.3              0.4
                                -----            -----            -----            -----            -----            -----
Net income (loss) (5)...          0.6%             1.3%             1.3%             0.4%             2.3%            (0.8)%
                                -----            -----            -----            -----            -----            -----
                                -----            -----            -----            -----            -----            -----
</TABLE>
 
- ------------
(1)  Includes  results of operations for  Performance Nissan, Inc. from February
     2, 1995.
(2)  Includes results of operations for Performance Dodge, Inc. from December 4,
     1995.
(3)  Discontinued as of January 1, 1996.
(4)  Represents a non-cash  expense of  approximately $1.1  million relating  to
     employee  stock  compensation that  the  Company recognized  in  the second
     quarter of 1996 in  connection with the  Executive Purchase. This  non-cash
     expense  represents  the  difference,  as of  April  1,  1996,  between the
     Company's estimate of  the fair  value of the  Common Stock  issued in  the
     Executive Purchase and the cash consideration paid of $250,000. The Company
     based  its estimate  on the  assumed initial  public offering  price of the
     Shares less certain discounts to reflect, as of April 1, 1996, the lack  of
     a  public market for  the securities, the  uncertainty regarding an initial
     public offering and the fact that  the pending acquisition of Hickey  Dodge
     had not been contemplated.
(5)  In  addition  to  the non-cash  expense  of approximately  $1.1  million in
     connection with the Executive Purchase (see footnote (4) above), during the
     three months ended  June 30,  1996, the Company  recognized a  compensation
     expense of $600,000 relating to the Executive Bonus. Excluding the non-cash
     expense  and compensation expense,  actual operating income  and net income
     for the  three  months  ended June  30,  1996,  as a  percentage  of  total
     revenues, would have approximated 3.1% and 1.3%, respectively.
 
LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
 
    The  Company requires cash primarily for  financing its inventory of new and
used vehicles  and replacement  parts, acquisitions  of additional  dealerships,
capital   expenditures   and  transition   expenses   in  connection   with  its
acquisitions. Historically,  the Company  has met  these liquidity  requirements
primarily  through  cash flow  generated from  operating activities,  floor plan
financing and borrowings under credit agreements with GMAC and commercial banks.
Floor plan financing from  GMAC represents the primary  source of financing  for
vehicle inventories.
 
                                       30
<PAGE>
    The  Company finances its purchases of  new vehicle inventory (including its
Dodge and  Nissan vehicles)  with GMAC.  The Company  also maintains  a line  of
credit  with GMAC  for the  financing of used  vehicles, pursuant  to which GMAC
provides financing for up to 80% of the cost of used vehicles that are less than
five years old and that have been driven fewer than 70,000 miles. GMAC  receives
a  security interest  in all  inventory it  finances. The  Company makes monthly
interest payments on  the amount financed  by GMAC. The  Company must repay  the
principal  amount of indebtedness with respect to any vehicle within two days of
the sale of such vehicle by  the Company. The Company periodically  renegotiates
the  terms of its financing with GMAC, including the interest rate. In 1995, the
average annual interest rate paid by the  Company under the GMAC floor plan  was
8.6%.  As of June 30, 1996, the Company had outstanding floor plan debt of $36.2
million  and  paid  an  average  annual  interest  rate  of  8.0%.  The  Company
anticipates  that its floor plan debt will  decrease following the Offering as a
result of the  Company's repayment of  approximately $25 million  in GMAC  floor
plan  debt. This $25 million decrease will  be partially offset by the Company's
assumption of approximately $15 million of floor plan debt of Hickey Dodge.
 
    From time to time the  Company also finances its  purchases of new and  used
vehicles,  replacement parts and short-term  receivables through borrowings from
commercial banks  at  various  rates.  At  June 30,  1996,  there  was  no  such
indebtedness outstanding.
 
    During  the first six months of 1996, the Company generated net cash of $5.8
million from operating activities.  Net cash used  for operating activities  was
$6.4  million  in 1995  and was  primarily  attributable to  increased inventory
levels and accounts receivable, partially  offset by increased sales of  Company
warranties  and increased accounts payable. The  increase in inventory levels in
1995 reflects an increase  in the volume  of sales and  the timing of  shipments
from  the manufacturer. Increased receivables  reflect increased sales near year
end primarily attributable to  the Oklahoma City  dealerships acquired in  1995.
The  Company generated net cash from operations of $5.0 million and $2.4 million
in 1994 and 1993, respectively.
 
    Cash used for investing activities was approximately $565,000 for the  first
six  months  of  1996 and  related  primarily  to acquisitions  of  property and
equipment. Cash used for investing activities was $1.8 million, $1.8 million and
$1.7 million in 1995, 1994 and 1993, respectively, including $1.5 million,  $1.8
million  and $0.7 million  of capital expenditures  during such periods. Capital
expenditures in 1995 were primarily attributable to expenditures for renovations
at the Amarillo dealerships and  expenditures related to the Company's  Oklahoma
City dealerships. Capital expenditures in 1994 consisted of $1.8 million of cash
expended  for  capital  improvements  at  the  Company's  Amarillo  dealerships,
including expenditures in connection with the relocation of Quality Nissan, Inc.
 
    The Company's capital expenditures for the second half of 1996 are  expected
to  approximate  $800,000  relating  primarily to  capital  improvements  to the
service department at one of the Company's dealerships. The Company  anticipates
that  cash  from  operations will  be  sufficient  to fund  its  planned capital
expenditures for  the  remainder  of  1996. The  Company  has  entered  into  an
agreement  to purchase Hickey Dodge for approximately $13.85 million in cash. In
addition, the Company has agreed to purchase the new vehicle inventory of Hickey
Dodge at the  seller's cost and  may purchase some  or all of  the used  vehicle
inventory  at  a price  to  be agreed.  See  "Recent Developments."  The Company
currently anticipates that it  will finance this acquisition  with a portion  of
the   proceeds  of  the  Offering.  The  Company  anticipates  that  any  future
acquisitions will be financed with proceeds from the Offering, issuance of stock
or debt or a combination of cash, stock and debt. There can be no assurance that
such financial resources will be available or be available on favorable terms.
 
    Cash used by financing activities amounted to $4.7 million for the first six
months of 1996 and was primarily attributable to the Company's reduced levels of
inventory in the first six months of  1996. In 1995, cash provided by  financing
activities  reflected the increase  in inventories, resulting  in a $9.4 million
increase in  floor  plan  debt.  At  June 30,  1996,  the  Company's  long  term
indebtedness totaled $11.1 million, primarily attributable to the Company's real
estate  holdings,  with  the  remainder  consisting  primarily  of  indebtedness
incurred in  connection  with prior  acquisitions.  Cash provided  by  financing
activities  totaled approximately $11.6  million in 1995 compared  with a use of
cash of $0.7  million in  1994. This  fluctuation is  primarily attributable  to
increases in inventory levels financed with floor plan debt.
 
                                       31
<PAGE>
    The  Company believes that its existing capital resources, including the net
proceeds of the Offering, will generate sufficient funds to finance the  pending
acquisition of Hickey Dodge, run the Company's operations in the ordinary course
and fund its debt service requirements. The Company estimates that it will incur
a tax liability of approximately $4 million in connection with the change in its
tax  basis of accounting for  inventory from LIFO to  FIFO. The Company believes
that it will  be required to  pay this liability  in three to  six equal  annual
installments,  beginning in March 1997, and believes that it will be able to pay
such obligation with cash provided by operations.
 
SEASONALITY
 
    The Company generally experiences  a higher volume of  new and used  vehicle
sales  in the second  and third quarters  of each year.  If the Company acquires
dealerships in other markets, it may  be affected by other seasonal or  consumer
buying trends. See "-- Selected Quarterly Results of Operations."
 
                                       32
<PAGE>
                                    BUSINESS
 
OVERVIEW
 
    The  Company owns and operates six  franchised automobile dealerships in the
Amarillo, Texas and Oklahoma City, Oklahoma markets. Through these  dealerships,
the Company sells new and used cars and light trucks, arranges related financing
and  insurance,  sells replacement  parts and  provides vehicle  maintenance and
repair services.
 
    The Company's founder and  Chief Executive Officer,  Bill A. Gilliland,  has
managed  automobile  dealerships since  1966  and acquired  the  Company's first
dealership, Quality Nissan, Inc. in Amarillo, in 1982. The Company continued its
growth in the  Amarillo area by  acquiring three Chevrolet  dealerships, two  of
which  have been in continuous operation (under various owners) since the 1920s.
The Company  is the  exclusive  Chevrolet and  Nissan  dealer in  Amarillo.  The
Company  led the Amarillo market  in vehicle unit sales  in 1995, accounting for
approximately 36% of new vehicle unit sales and 25% of used vehicle unit  sales.
In 1995, the Company entered the Oklahoma City market through the acquisition of
a  Nissan dealership  in February  and a Dodge  dealership in  December. In June
1996, the Company entered  into an agreement to  acquire Hickey Dodge, which  is
one   of  the  largest  Dodge  dealerships  in  the  United  States.  With  this
acquisition, the Company  believes that, based  on pro forma  revenue, it  would
have  been one of  the 50 largest dealer  groups out of  more than 15,000 dealer
groups nationwide in 1995.
 
    As a result of the Company's business strategy, including the acquisition of
new dealerships, the Company's sales have  increased from $74.9 million in  1991
to  $236.2 million  in 1995.  Including the full  year effect  of the dealership
acquired in December 1995, the Company's 1995 sales were $294.7 million.  Giving
effect  to the pending acquisition  of Hickey Dodge and  including the full year
effect of the dealership acquired in December 1995, the Company's pro forma 1995
sales would have  been $416.9 million.  The Company believes  that its  business
strategy and operations have also enabled it to achieve a level of profitability
superior  to the  industry average. In  1995, the Company's  actual gross profit
margin was  15.9%, compared  to the  industry average  of 12.9%.  The  Company's
operating strategy includes:
 
    EFFECTIVELY   SERVING  ITS   TARGET  CUSTOMERS.     The  Company's  existing
dealerships, which together offer  the complete lines  of Chevrolet, Nissan  and
Dodge  vehicles,  focus  primarily on  middle-income  buyers  seeking moderately
priced  vehicles  that  can  be  financed  with  relatively  affordable  monthly
payments.  The  Company  believes that  working  closely with  its  customers to
identify  appropriate  vehicles  and  offering  suitable  financing  and  credit
insurance  products enhances  the Company's overall  profitability by increasing
the percentage  of vehicle  purchases financed  through its  dealerships and  by
reducing  the subsequent default rate on  such financing contracts. In 1995, the
Company arranged financing for  approximately 76% of its  sales of new  vehicles
and 83% of its sales of used vehicles, as compared to 42% and 51%, respectively,
for the average automobile dealership in the U.S.
 
    OPERATING  MULTIPLE DEALERSHIPS IN SELECTED  MARKETS.  By operating multiple
dealerships within individual  markets, the  Company seeks to  become a  leading
automotive  dealer  in each  market that  it serves.  This strategy  enables the
Company to  achieve economies  of scale  in advertising,  inventory  management,
management  information systems and corporate overhead. In 1995, the Company was
the market share leader in  the Amarillo vicinity, accounting for  approximately
28% of the new car market and 46% of the new truck market. In Oklahoma City, the
combined  market  shares  in  1995  for  the  Company's  existing  Oklahoma City
dealerships were 2% and 7% of new car and truck sales, respectively. The Company
estimates that, including Hickey Dodge, the Company's combined market shares  in
Oklahoma  City would have been 4% of the new car market and 15% of the new truck
market in 1995, or 8% of total new vehicle sales.
 
    MAINTAINING DISCIPLINED  INVENTORY MANAGEMENT.   The  Company believes  that
maintaining  a vehicle mix that matches  market demand is critical to dealership
profitability. The  Company's policy  is  to maintain  a  60-day supply  of  new
vehicles  and a  39-day supply  of used  vehicles. If  a new  vehicle remains in
inventory for 120 days,  or a used  vehicle for 60  days, the Company  typically
disposes  of the  vehicle by  selling it  to another  dealer or  wholesaler. The
Company believes that this policy enhances profitability by increasing inventory
turnover and reducing carrying costs. If the Company cannot obtain a  sufficient
supply  of  popular  models  from the  manufacturers,  it  purchases  the needed
vehicles from other franchised dealers throughout the
 
                                       33
<PAGE>
United States. For example,  because Chevrolet trucks  are popular in  Amarillo,
the  Company  purchases  trucks  from  Chevrolet  dealers  in  other  cities  to
supplement its allocation of trucks from Chevrolet. In managing its used vehicle
inventory, the Company attempts  to mirror the market  by tracking new and  used
vehicle  sales within its  region and maintaining an  inventory mix that matches
consumer demand.
 
    EMPLOYING  PROFIT-BASED  MANAGEMENT  COMPENSATION.    The  Company  uses   a
management compensation system that differentiates it from most other automobile
dealerships.  The Company believes that at many other auto dealerships the heads
of each sales department (new vehicles,  used vehicles and F&I) are  compensated
based  on  the profitability  or sales  volumes of  their own  departments. This
method of compensation does not encourage cooperation among departments and  can
affect  overall  profitability  of  the  dealership.  At  Cross-Continent,  each
dealership's general manager and sales managers are trained in F&I analysis  and
receive  bonuses based on the profitability of overall vehicle sales and related
F&I income. The Company believes that this compensation system promotes teamwork
and encourages each management team to maximize overall profitability.
 
    UTILIZING TECHNOLOGY THROUGHOUT  OPERATIONS.  The  Company believes that  it
has   achieved   a  competitive   advantage  in   its  markets   by  integrating
computer-based systems  into all  aspects of  its operations.  The Company  uses
computer-based  technology to monitor each dealership's gross profit, permitting
senior management  to gauge  each dealership's  daily and  monthly gross  margin
"pace"  and to quickly identify areas requiring additional focus. Sales managers
also utilize  a  computer system  to  design  for each  customer  an  affordable
financing  and insurance  package that maximizes  the Company's  total profit on
each transaction. Computer technology is also an integral part of the  inventory
management system for new and used vehicles and vehicle parts.
 
    ACHIEVING HIGH LEVELS OF CUSTOMER SATISFACTION.  Customer satisfaction and a
dealer's reputation for fairness are key competitive factors and are crucial for
establishing long-term customer loyalty. The Company's sales process is intended
to  satisfy  customers by  providing  high-quality vehicles  that  customers can
afford. A customer's experience  with the parts and  service departments at  the
Company's  dealerships can  also positively influence  overall satisfaction. The
Company  strives  to  train  its  service  managers  as  professionals,  employs
state-of-the-art  service equipment,  maintains a  computer-managed inventory of
replacement parts,  and provides  clean  service and  waiting areas  to  enhance
customers' post-sale experience.
 
GROWTH STRATEGY -- ACQUISITIONS
 
    The   Company  intends  to  expand  its  business  by  acquiring  additional
dealerships and seeks to improve  their profitability through implementation  of
the Company's business strategies. The Company believes that its management team
has  considerable experience in evaluating  potential acquisition candidates and
determining whether a particular dealership can be successfully integrated  into
the   Company's  existing  operations.  Based  on  trends  affecting  automobile
dealerships, the Company also believes that an increasing number of  acquisition
opportunities will become available to the Company. See "Industry Overview."
 
    In   June  1996,  the   Company  entered  into   an  agreement  to  purchase
substantially all of the  operating assets of Hickey  Dodge, one of the  largest
Dodge  dealerships in the  United States. The  Company estimates that, including
the sales of Hickey Dodge, its combined  market share of total new vehicle  unit
sales  in  Oklahoma  City  would  have  increased  from  approximately  4.5%  to
approximately 8.8%  overall  for 1995.  In  addition  to providing  a  means  of
increasing  its local market share, the Company believes that the acquisition of
Hickey Dodge will provide the Company  with the opportunity to benefit from  the
economies  of scale that  it seeks in  expanding its local  presence in targeted
markets. Although there  can be no  assurance that the  closing will occur,  the
Company  anticipates completing  the acquisition  on or  about October  1, 1996.
Under its  Dealer Agreements  with Chrysler's  Dodge division  that the  Company
anticipates  will be in effect upon completion of the Offering, the Company will
acknowledge that Chrysler will have "good cause" to withhold its consent to  any
proposed  acquisition by the Company of an additional Chrysler dealership (other
than Hickey Dodge)  in the Oklahoma  City market. The  Company does not  believe
that  it will  be materially  adversely affected by  any failure  by Chrysler to
approve its  acquisition of  other  Chrysler dealerships  in the  Oklahoma  City
market or that this provision will affect its acquisition strategy.
 
                                       34
<PAGE>
    The Company intends to continue to focus its acquisition search primarily on
markets  that have fewer dealerships relative to the size of the population than
the national average. The Company believes that the most attractive markets  for
acquisitions  currently exist  in selected  cities in  the Western  and Southern
regions of the  United States.  As part  of its  strategy to  acquire a  leading
market share in any targeted market, the Company intends to focus its efforts on
dealer  groups that  own multiple  franchises in  a single  city, as  well as on
large, single-dealer  franchises  possessing  significant  market  share.  Other
criteria  for evaluating potential  acquisitions will include  the dealership or
dealer group's current profitability,  the quality of  its management team,  its
local reputation with customers, and its location along an interstate highway or
principal  thoroughfare. The Company plans to evaluate acquisition candidates on
a case-by-case basis, and there can be no assurance that future acquisitions  by
the   Company  will  have  all  or  any  of  these  characteristics.  See  "Risk
Factors --  Availability  of  Acquisition Candidates;  Need  for  Financing  and
Possible Dilution through Issuance of Stock."
 
    Upon  completion of  each acquisition,  the Company  plans to  implement its
sales  methods  and   philosophy,  computer-supported   management  system   and
profit-based compensation plan in an effort to enhance the acquired dealership's
overall  profitability.  Cross-Continent  intends  to  focus  initially  on  any
underperforming departments within the acquired entity that the Company believes
may yield the most rapid marginal improvements in operating results. The Company
anticipates that  it will  take two  to  three years  to integrate  an  acquired
dealership  into the  Company's operations and  realize the full  benefit of the
Company's strategies and systems. There can  be no assurance, however, that  the
profitability of any acquired dealership will equal that achieved to date by the
Company's  existing dealerships. During the early part of the integration period
the operating results of an acquired dealership may decrease from results  prior
to  the acquisition  as the Company  implements its strategies  and systems. See
"Risk Factors -- Risks Associated with Expansion."
 
INDUSTRY OVERVIEW
 
    In 1995, franchised automobile dealers in  the United States sold over  $290
billion  in new cars and  light trucks and $180  billion in used vehicles. After
growing at an average rate of 7.1% each year from 1991 through 1994, new vehicle
unit sales declined 2.0%  in 1995. However,  total franchised dealership  dollar
sales  increased 7.0% during 1995, primarily  due to increased used vehicle unit
sales, increased parts and service revenues and inflation. Automobile sales  are
affected by many factors, including rates of employment, income growth, interest
rates,  weather  patterns  and  other national  and  local  economic conditions,
automotive innovations  and general  consumer sentiment.  See "Risk  Factors  --
Mature Industry; Cyclical and Local Nature of Automobile Sales."
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                      UNITED STATES FRANCHISED DEALERS' VEHICLE SALES
                                                                   -----------------------------------------------------
                                                                     1991       1992       1993       1994       1995
                                                                   ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                         (UNITS IN MILLIONS; DOLLARS IN BILLIONS)
<S>                                                                <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
New vehicle unit sales...........................................       12.3       12.9       13.9       15.1       14.8
New vehicle sales................................................  $   182.9  $   191.7  $   225.1  $   261.8  $   293.3
Used vehicle unit sales*.........................................       14.6       14.6       14.8       15.1       15.7
Used vehicle sales*..............................................  $   114.1  $   130.0  $   146.0  $   167.8  $   181.7
</TABLE>
 
- ------------
*Reflects  franchised dealerships  sales at  retail and  wholesale. In addition,
 sales by  independent retail  used car  and truck  dealers were  $77.2,  $81.0,
 $100.3,  $134.1 and  $129.7 billion, respectively,  for each of  the five years
 ended December 31, 1995.
 
Sources: NADA; CNW Market Research.
 
    In the  early  years  of the  automobile  industry,  automakers  established
franchised  dealership networks  for the  distribution of  their vehicles. Under
these franchise  arrangements, automakers  agreed to  distribute their  vehicles
exclusively   through  their  dealer  network.  In  return,  under  these  early
arrangements automakers sought to prevent dealers from selling other automakers'
vehicles, limited  the transferability  of ownership  interests in  dealerships,
forced  dealerships to accept vehicle inventory,  defined the territory in which
dealers could market their  vehicles and retained the  right to franchise  other
dealerships  in  those geographic  areas.  Most dealer  agreements  currently in
effect continue to require manufacturer approval for
 
                                       35
<PAGE>
the transfer of ownership of a dealership. Typically, however, these  agreements
require  automakers to reasonably consider  any acquisition request, taking into
account the  acquiring  dealer's  capital  resources,  industry  experience  and
general reputation.
 
    Pressure  from  dealers  and  state  legislative  developments  have  caused
automakers to ease a number of these restrictions during the last 50 years.  For
example,  dealers may not  have their franchises  terminated without good cause,
may designate family  members as  successors to their  business and  may not  be
forced  to  accept unordered  inventory.  In addition,  although  a dealership's
agreement with the automaker  does not provide for  exclusivity with respect  to
the  brand  of  cars and  trucks  sold  by the  dealership  within  a particular
geographic area, many states now have licensing and procedural requirements that
may impede the ability of another dealership  selling the same brand to enter  a
geographic market already served by a dealership.
 
    Until  the  1960s,  dealerships typically  were  owned and  operated  by one
individual who  controlled one  franchise.  Competitive and  economic  pressures
during  the  1970s and  1980s,  particularly the  oil  embargo of  1973  and the
subsequent loss  of  market share  experienced  by U.S.  auto  manufacturers  to
imported   vehicles,  forced   many  dealerships  to   close  or   sell  out  to
better-capitalized  dealer  groups.  Continued  economic  pressure  on  dealers,
combined with the easing of restrictions against multiple dealer ownership, have
led to further consolidation in the industry.
 
    According  to  AUTOMOTIVE NEWS,  the  number of  franchised  dealerships has
declined from 36,336 dealerships in 1960  to 22,288 in 1996. This  consolidation
has  resulted  in fewer  and larger  dealer groups.  AUTOMOTIVE NEWS'  data also
reflect that each of the  largest 100 dealer groups  (ranked by unit sales)  had
more  than approximately $150 million in  revenues in 1995. Although significant
consolidation has taken place among dealerships since 1960, the industry remains
highly fragmented.  The Company  estimates that  the largest  100 dealer  groups
generated  less than 10%  of total revenues, and  controlled approximately 5% of
all franchise dealerships, in the retail vehicle market in 1995.
 
    The Company believes  that further  consolidation of  automobile dealers  is
likely  due to the increased capital  requirements of dealerships, the fact that
many dealerships are owned by individuals nearing retirement age and the  desire
of  certain automakers to strengthen their brand identity by consolidating their
franchised dealerships.  The Company  believes that  an opportunity  exists  for
dealership  groups  with significant  equity capital  and experience  in running
dealerships to purchase additional franchises either for cash, stock, debt or  a
combination  and  that being  able to  offer prospective  sellers tax-advantaged
transactions  through  the  use  of  publicly  traded  stock  will,  in  certain
circumstances,  make  the  Company  a more  attractive  acquiror  to prospective
sellers. Although the  Company's ability  to issue additional  shares of  Common
Stock  to complete  acquisitions could be  limited under  Dealer Agreements with
Nissan that the  Company anticipates will  be in effect  upon completion of  the
Offering,  the Company does not anticipate that these agreements will materially
adversely affect its ability to  acquire other dealerships. See "Risk  Factors--
Availability of Acquisition Candidates; Need for Financing and Possible Dilution
through Issuance of Stock."
 
    As with retailers generally, auto dealership profitability varies widely and
depends  in part  on the effective  management of  inventory, marketing, quality
control  and  responsiveness  to   customers.  Since  1991,  retail   automobile
dealerships  in the United States have earned on average between 12.9% and 14.1%
total gross margin on sales. New  vehicle sales were the smallest  proportionate
contributors to dealers' gross profits during this period, most recently earning
an  average gross margin  of 6.5% in  1995. Used vehicles  provided higher gross
margins than new vehicles during this period, with an average used vehicle gross
margin of 11.5% in 1995.  Dealerships also offer a  range of other services  and
products,  including  repair  and  warranty  work,  replacement  parts, extended
warranty  coverage,  financing  and  credit  insurance.  In  1995,  the  average
dealership's revenue from parts and service was about 12.4% of its total sales.
 
DEALERSHIP OPERATIONS
 
    Four of the Company's six dealerships are in or within 10 miles of Amarillo,
Texas  and two  are in  suburban areas of  Oklahoma City,  Oklahoma. The Company
derived  approximately  71%  of  its  gross  profit  from  its  three  Chevrolet
dealerships in the Amarillo area in 1995. The Company's retail unit sales of new
and
 
                                       36
<PAGE>
used  vehicles in  1995 totalled more  than 11,500, compared  with the Company's
estimate of under 1,000 for the average franchised dealer in the United  States.
The  Company's revenues by market area  on a pro forma basis  for 1995 and on an
actual basis for the first six months of 1996 are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                 COMPANY DEALERSHIPS
                                                                    ----------------------------------------------
                                                                       AMARILLO     OKLAHOMA CITY
                                                                        MARKET        MARKET (1)        TOTAL
                                                                    --------------  --------------  --------------
                                                                                    (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                 <C>             <C>             <C>
1995 REVENUES
New vehicle sales.................................................   $     99,164    $     42,612    $    141,776
Used vehicle sales................................................         80,901          40,949         121,850
Other operating revenue (2).......................................         19,224          11,872          31,096
 
FIRST SIX MONTHS 1996 REVENUES
New vehicle sales.................................................         48,109          18,033          66,142
Used vehicle sales................................................         45,900          13,858          59,758
Other operating revenue (2).......................................         10,036           5,305          15,341
</TABLE>
 
- ------------
(1)  Figures shown for 1995 are  11-month sales figures for Performance  Nissan,
     which  the Company acquired  February 2, 1995,  and full-year sales figures
     for Performance Dodge,  which the  Company acquired December  4, 1995.  The
     sales  figures do  not include  sales figures  for Hickey  Dodge, which the
     Company anticipates acquiring by the end of September 1996.
(2)  Primarily includes sales of parts and service (including at wholesale)  and
     F&I income.
 
    Each  of the Company's dealerships has a general manager who oversees all of
the operations of that dealership.  In addition, each dealership's new  vehicle,
used vehicle, parts and service, and F&I departments have managers who supervise
the  employees  in their  departments and  report  to that  dealership's general
manager. All general  managers report to  the Company's senior  management on  a
daily  basis.  The  Company's  senior  management  tracks  the  daily  sales and
inventory turnover of each dealership. In addition to reporting directly to  the
general  manager, the department managers of  each dealership also work with the
Company's central management staff, which  includes specialists in new and  used
vehicle  inventory  management and  control,  parts and  service  operations and
finance and insurance.
 
    NEW VEHICLE  SALES.   The Company's  dealerships sell  the complete  product
lines  of new  cars and light  trucks manufactured by  General Motors' Chevrolet
division, the Nissan division of Nissan Motors Corp. U.S.A. and Chrysler's Dodge
division. Approximately 67%  of new vehicles  sold by the  Company in 1995  were
light trucks, as compared to 41.5% of all U.S. new vehicles sold, as reported by
AUTOMOTIVE  NEWS.  The  Company  believes  that its  new  vehicle  sales  mix is
influenced by regional preferences as well as the Company's inventory management
policies. The Company  believes that its  mix of  light trucks, as  well as  its
personalized  sales approach, permit  it to achieve higher  gross margins on new
vehicle sales than the  industry average. The Company  earned gross margins  for
new vehicle sales of 12.1% in 1995, as compared to the industry average for 1995
of 6.5%.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  COMPANY'S NEW VEHICLE SALES
                                                ----------------------------------------------------------------
                                                   1991         1992         1993         1994        1995(1)
                                                -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  ------------
                                                                     (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                             <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>
Unit sales....................................      2,674        4,173        4,978        4,468         5,547
Sales revenue.................................  $  41,812    $  72,659    $  91,012    $  90,804    $  114,494
Gross margin..................................        9.0%        10.6%        11.8%        12.5%         12.1%
</TABLE>
 
- ------------
(1)  Figures  shown reflect  actual 1995 new  vehicle sales activity  and do not
     include the full year effect of the acquisitions completed in 1995.
 
    The Company  also  arranges traditional  retail  lease transactions  in  the
Oklahoma  City market  and lease-type  transactions (such  as GMAC's "smart-buy"
program) in  the  Amarillo  market.  The Company  does  not  believe  that  such
leasing-related  activities  have significantly  affected  its business  or will
affect its business to a substantially greater degree in the future. In addition
to its Chevrolet, Nissan and Dodge  dealerships, the Company has operated a  Kia
franchise  at the  Company's Westgate facility  in Amarillo, which  had sales of
less than 1.0% of  the Company's total  revenue in 1995. The  Company is in  the
process of transferring this
 
                                       37
<PAGE>
franchise  back to Kia at no material cost  to the Company. The sales data shown
above  reflect  all  of  the  Company's  new  vehicle  sales  and   leasing-type
transactions.  See "Management's Discussion and  Analysis of Financial Condition
and Results of Operations."
 
    USED VEHICLE  SALES.    Used  vehicle  sales  have  become  an  increasingly
important part of the Company's overall profitability. The Company's retail used
car  and truck sales have grown from 2,029 units in 1991 to 6,170 units in 1995.
The Company attributes this growth, in part, to attractive product availability.
The quality  and selection  of  used vehicles  available  in the  industry  have
improved in the last several years primarily due to an increase in the number of
popular cars coming off short term leases. See "Risk Factors -- Competition." In
addition, increases in new vehicle prices have prompted a growing segment of the
vehicle-buying  population to  purchase used cars  and trucks.  The Company also
sells used vehicles  through its  wholly owned subsidiary  Working Man's  Credit
Plan,  Inc. ("Working Man's Credit"). Working Man's Credit sells primarily older
used vehicles and finances those purchases  for customers who, due to their  low
income  levels or past credit problems, may not be able to obtain credit for the
vehicles more  typically  sold  by  the  Company's  dealerships.  Working  Man's
Credit's sales accounted for less than 1.0% of the Company's total sales in each
of 1994 and 1995.
 
    The  Company believes that it  has enhanced its used  car and truck sales by
monitoring its  used  vehicle  inventory  on  a  daily  basis  and  distributing
inventory  to  the dealership  most  likely to  sell  a particular  vehicle. For
example, a Nissan  vehicle traded  in at any  one of  the Company's  dealerships
typically will be placed in one of the Company's Nissan dealerships. The Company
sells  used vehicles to retail  customers and, particularly in  the case of used
vehicles held  in  inventory  more  than  60  days,  to  other  dealers  and  to
wholesalers.  See "-- Inventory Management." As  the table below reflects, sales
to other dealers and wholesalers are  frequently at or below cost and  therefore
affect  the  Company's overall  gross margin  on  used vehicle  sales. Excluding
inter-dealer and  wholesale transactions,  the Company's  gross margin  on  used
vehicle sales was 13.7% in 1995, as compared to the industry average for 1995 of
11.5%.  The following table  reflects all used vehicle  sale transactions of the
Company from 1991  through 1995.  See "Management's Discussion  and Analysis  of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations."
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  COMPANY'S USED VEHICLE SALES
                                                 ---------------------------------------------------------------
                                                    1991         1992         1993         1994        1995(1)
                                                 -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
                                                                     (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                              <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>
Retail unit sales..............................      2,029        3,009        4,532        4,816        6,170
Retail sales revenue...........................  $  17,130    $  28,059    $  44,655    $  50,019    $  75,677
Retail gross margin............................       11.9%        13.5%        16.5%        15.7%        13.7%
 
Wholesale unit sales...........................      2,163        3,396        4,983        5,201        5,372
Wholesale sales revenue........................  $   7,347    $  12,354    $  14,538    $  22,897    $  22,813
Wholesale gross margin.........................       -2.9%        -3.6%        -8.2%        -6.0%        -3.4%
 
Total unit sales...............................      4,192        6,405        9,515       10,017       11,542
Total sales revenue............................  $  24,477    $  40,413    $  59,193    $  72,916    $  98,490
Total gross margin.............................        7.4%         8.3%        10.4%         8.9%         9.8%
</TABLE>
 
- ------------
 
(1)  Figures  shown reflect actual  1995 used vehicle sales  activity and do not
     include the full year effect of the acquisitions completed in 1995.
 
     PARTS AND SERVICE.  Historically,  the automotive repair industry has  been
highly  fragmented.  However, the  Company believes  that  the increased  use of
electronics and  computers in  vehicles has  made it  difficult for  independent
repair  shops to  retain the  expertise to  perform major  or technical repairs.
Given the increasing  technological complexity  of motor  vehicles and  extended
warranty  periods  for new  vehicles, the  Company  believes that  an increasing
percentage of  repair  work  will  take  place  at  dealerships  that  have  the
sophisticated equipment and skilled personnel necessary to perform such repairs.
 
    The  Company's parts and service business has grown along with the Company's
growth in sales of new and used vehicles. The Company provides parts and service
primarily for the vehicle makes sold by its dealerships but also services  other
makes   of  vehicles.  In  1995,  the  Company's  parts  and  service  operation
 
                                       38
<PAGE>
generated gross margins of  52.4%, including the sale  of parts at wholesale  to
independent  repair  shops.  Excluding  the  sale  of  parts  at  wholesale, the
Company's gross margin  for parts  and service would  have been  63.3% in  1995,
which the Company believes compares favorably to the industry average.
 
    The  Company  attributes  its  profitability in  parts  and  service  to its
comprehensive management system, including  the use of  a variable rate  pricing
structure,  the  adoption  of  a  team concept  in  servicing  vehicles  and the
cultivation of strong customer relationships  through an emphasis on  preventive
maintenance.  Also  critical to  the profitability  of  the Company's  parts and
service business  is  the  efficient  management of  parts  inventory.  See  "--
Inventory Management -- Parts."
 
    In  charging  for its  mechanics' labor,  the Company  uses a  variable rate
structure designed to  reflect the  difficulty and  sophistication of  different
types of repairs. The percentage mark-ups on parts are similarly varied based on
market  conditions for different parts. The  Company believes that variable rate
pricing helps the Company to achieve overall profit margins in parts and service
superior to  those of  certain competitors  who rely  on fixed  labor rates  and
percentage markups.
 
    The  Company also believes  that the profitability of  its parts and service
business is significantly enhanced  by its use of  teams in servicing  vehicles.
Each  vehicle that is brought into one  of the Company's dealerships for service
typically is assigned to  a team of service  professionals, ranging from  master
technicians   with  multiple   skills  to  less   experienced  apprentices.  The
experienced technicians  perform  more complicated  repairs,  while  apprentices
assist  technicians, track down needed parts  and perform simple functions, such
as oil changes. Each  team is responsible for  servicing multiple vehicles  each
day,  depending upon the complexity of the services required. When possible, the
team performs  multiple  service  functions simultaneously  and,  as  a  result,
enhances  productivity and completes repairs  more quickly. Team members receive
supplemental compensation based on the  overall productivity of their team.  The
Company  believes this  team system  increases the  productivity of  its service
personnel and results in reduced training costs and higher quality repairs.
 
    The Company  also  makes extensive  efforts  to notify  owners  of  vehicles
purchased  at the dealerships when their  vehicles are due for periodic service,
thereby encouraging preventive maintenance rather than repairing cars only after
breakdowns. The Company regards its parts and service activities as an  integral
part  of its overall  approach to customer service,  providing an opportunity to
strengthen relationships  with  the  Company's  customers  and  deepen  customer
loyalty.
 
    Since  March  1996,  the  Company  has operated  a  body  shop,  Allied 2000
Collision Center, Inc., adjacent to its Plains Chevrolet dealership in Amarillo,
Texas. The Company intends to perform all body work for the vehicles it services
in Amarillo  at this  location. Previously,  the Company  contracted with  third
parties  for body repair  work. The Company  believes that by  operating its own
body shop  it can  enhance its  profitability on  vehicle repairs  and  maintain
quality  control. Currently, the  Company contracts with  third parties for body
repair work in the Oklahoma City market. However, upon completion of the pending
acquisition of Hickey Dodge, it will acquire a body shop and intends to  perform
all  body work for  vehicles it services  in the Oklahoma  City market at Hickey
Dodge.
 
    FINANCE AND  INSURANCE.    The  Company  also  arranges  financing  for  its
customers'  vehicle purchases,  sells vehicle  warranties and  arranges selected
types of credit insurance in connection with the financing of vehicle sales. The
Company places heavy emphasis on F&I  and trains its general and sales  managers
in F&I. This emphasis resulted in the Company's arranging of financing for 76.3%
of  its  new vehicle  sales and  82.8% of  its  used vehicle  sales in  1995, as
compared to 42% and 51%, respectively, for the average U.S. dealership in  1995.
Typically,  the  Company's  dealerships  review  the  credit  history  of  their
customers and  forward  proposed  financing  contracts  to  automakers'  captive
finance  companies, selected  commercial banks  or other  financing parties. The
Company receives a finance fee from  the lender for arranging the financing  and
is  typically assessed a chargeback against a  portion of the finance fee if the
contract is terminated prior to its  scheduled maturity for any reason, such  as
early  repayment  or default.  As a  result,  it is  important that  the Company
arrange financing for a customer that is competitive (I.E., the customer is more
likely to  accept  the  financing terms  and  the  loan is  less  likely  to  be
refinanced) and affordable (I.E., the loan is more likely to be repaid).
 
                                       39
<PAGE>
    The  Company's  subsidiary, Working  Man's Credit,  sells used  vehicles and
provides financing to customers with low income levels or past credit  problems.
Typically,  the Company  requires these  customers to  make weekly  payments. If
these payments are  not made, the  Company may repossess  the vehicle. In  1995,
less  than 1% of the Company's used vehicle sales were financed by Working Man's
Credit.
 
    As the number of dealerships operated by the Company increases, the  Company
may  decide to create a  finance subsidiary to offer  financing to the Company's
customers and further enhance its F&I activities. The Company believes that such
a subsidiary could provide a source of additional profits. There is no assurance
that the  Company  will  create  such  a subsidiary  or  that  it  will  enhance
profitability.
 
    At the time of a new vehicle sale, the Company offers extended warranties to
supplement  warranties offered  by automakers.  Additionally, the  Company sells
primary warranties for used vehicles. Currently, the Company primarily sells its
own warranties  and recognizes  the  associated revenue  over  the life  of  the
warranty. The Company also sells warranties of third-party vendors, for which it
recognizes  a commission  upon the  sale of the  warranty, in  the Oklahoma City
market and is likely to sell  such third-party warranties in other markets  that
the  Company may enter. In 1995, the Company sold warranties on 59.1% and 74.7%,
respectively, of its  new and used  vehicle sales, which  penetration rates  the
Company believes exceed industry averages.
 
    The  Company also offers certain types  of credit insurance to customers who
finance their vehicle purchases  through the Company.  The Company sells  credit
life insurance policies to these customers, which policies provide for repayment
of  the vehicle  loan if  the obligor  dies while  the loan  is outstanding. The
Company also sells accident and health insurance policies, which provide payment
of the  monthly loan  obligations during  any  period in  which the  obligor  is
disabled.  These policies are underwritten by Enterprise Life Insurance Company,
which pays the Company a commission upon the sale of a policy and a bonus  based
on  whether payments are made  under the policy. In  1995, the Company sold such
insurance on  22.3%  and  32.2%,  respectively, of  the  new  and  used  vehicle
purchases for which it arranged financing.
 
SALES AND MARKETING
 
    To  promote customer satisfaction,  minimize problem loans  on vehicles sold
and enhance profitability, the Company seeks to "match" its customers'  economic
situation  to  appropriate vehicles.  The  Company assesses  (i)  the customer's
equity position in the vehicle being traded  in (I.E., the value of the  vehicle
relative  to  the  amount still  owed  on  the vehicle),  (ii)  the  ability and
willingness of the customer to make a down payment, (iii) the customer's  credit
profile  and (iv)  the cost  of the  desired vehicle  and the  likely automobile
insurance premium the customer  will be required to  pay. After reviewing  these
facts  using a computer-based system, if it  appears that a customer will not be
able to finance the vehicle purchase or prudently service the vehicle loan,  the
Company  may suggest a lower  priced vehicle, a vehicle  with fewer options or a
larger down payment to  reduce the monthly payments.  The Company believes  that
most  dealerships  generally  perform  this financial  analysis  only  after the
customer has agreed  to purchase the  vehicle at a  particular price, which  can
lead  to customer  dissatisfaction. The  Company believes  that its "counseling"
approach during the sales process increases the likelihood that a customer  will
be  satisfied with the vehicle purchase over a longer time period. Additionally,
the Company believes this  approach enables it to  sell more vehicles at  higher
gross margins.
 
    The salespeople employed by the Company's dealerships are compensated with a
salary  plus bonus. The bonus  is based on the profit  to the dealership of each
vehicle sold by  that salesperson,  excluding F&I income.  Salespeople also  may
receive additional bonuses based on the total number of vehicles they sell.
 
    The   Company's  marketing   and  advertising  activities   vary  among  its
dealerships and among its markets.  Generally, the Company advertises  primarily
through  newspapers and does not conduct special promotions. The Company intends
to continue tailoring its marketing efforts, such as using radio or  television,
to  the relevant marketplace  in order to reach  the Company's targeted customer
base. Under arrangements with the automakers, the Company receives a subsidy for
its advertising expenses incurred in connection with that automaker's  vehicles.
The  Company expects to realize  cost savings on its  advertising expenses as it
acquires multiple dealerships in particular markets, due to volume discounts and
other concessions from media.
 
                                       40
<PAGE>
VEHICLE AND PARTS SUPPLIERS
 
    NEW VEHICLES AND PARTS.   The Company depends  primarily on General  Motors'
Chevrolet  division,  Nissan and  Chrysler's Dodge  unit for  its supply  of new
vehicles and  replacement parts.  Currently, the  Company's total  sales of  new
vehicles  may be adversely affected by an automaker's inability or unwillingness
to furnish one or more dealerships with an adequate supply of models popular  in
the  Company's markets. A dealership that  lacks sufficient inventory to satisfy
demand for  a  particular model  may  purchase additional  vehicles  from  other
franchised  dealers throughout the  United States. Although  the Company's gross
profit margin on sales of new vehicles purchased from other dealers is typically
lower than on vehicles supplied by the manufacturers, such sales generate  gross
profit and additional income from financing, insurance, warranties and parts and
service transactions.
 
    USED  VEHICLES.    The  majority  of  the  Company's  dealerships'  used car
inventory is derived from trade-ins. Substantially  all of the remainder of  the
Company's  used  car inventory  is obtained  by purchases  at auctions  and from
wholesalers. The Company monitors the sales  of used vehicles by all  franchised
and  independent dealers within its geographic  regions and attempts to maintain
used vehicle inventories at each dealership which mirror the market. The Company
strives to maintain a broad selection  of used vehicles that generally are  less
than  five years  old and that  automakers' captive finance  companies and other
commercial lenders are likely to finance for customers.
 
    RELATIONSHIPS WITH AUTOMAKERS.  Each  of the Company's dealerships  operates
under  a separate Dealer Agreement with the relevant automaker. These agreements
establish a framework of reciprocal obligations between the dealerships and each
automaker. In  general, each  Dealer  Agreement specifies  the location  of  the
dealership  for the sale of vehicles and for the performance of certain approved
services in  a specified  market area.  The designation  of such  areas and  the
allocation of new vehicles among dealerships are determined at the discretion of
each  automaker,  which  generally  does  not  guarantee  exclusivity  within  a
specified territory.  A Dealer  Agreement generally  imposes requirements  on  a
dealer  concerning such matters  as showrooms, the  facilities and equipment for
servicing vehicles, the maintenance of  inventories, the maintenance of  minimum
net  working capital  and the training  of personnel. The  Dealer Agreement with
each dealership also gives each automaker the right to approve the  dealership's
general  manager and  any material change  in ownership of  the dealership. Each
automaker also may  terminate a  Dealer Agreement  under certain  circumstances,
such  as a change in  control of the dealership  without automaker approval, the
impairment of the reputation or financial standing of the dealership, the death,
removal or withdrawal of the dealership's general manager, the conviction of the
dealership or the  dealership's owner or  general manager of  certain crimes,  a
failure  to adequately  operate the  dealership or  maintain wholesale financing
arrangements, insolvency or bankruptcy of the dealership or a material breach of
other provisions of the Dealer Agreement.  In anticipation of the Offering,  the
Company  renegotiated these  agreements to  remove restrictions  that would have
prevented the  Company  from  selling  its  Common  Stock  to  the  public.  See
"Description  of Capital Stock  -- Anti-Takeover Effect  of Provisions in Dealer
Agreements."
 
    Under the  terms  of its  Dealer  Agreements  with GM,  as  renegotiated  in
anticipation  of  the Offering,  the Company  is  subject to  several additional
obligations. Following the  Offering, if any  person or entity  acquires 20%  or
more  of  the Company's  issued  and outstanding  shares  with the  intention of
acquiring additional  shares or  effecting a  material change  in the  Company's
business   or  corporate   structure,  retention  of   the  Company's  Chevrolet
dealerships could be at  risk. If GM reasonably  determines that such person  or
entity  has interests  incompatible with GM's  or is  not qualified to  own a GM
dealership, the Company must either (i) transfer the assets of the Company's  GM
dealerships  to  a third  party reasonably  acceptable  to GM,  (ii) voluntarily
terminate its Dealer  Agreements with  GM divisions, or  (iii) demonstrate  that
such person or entity in fact owns less than 20% of the Company.
 
    Under  its agreements with GM,  the Company also agreed  to comply with GM's
Network 2000 Channel Strategy ("Project 2000"). Project 2000 includes a plan  to
eliminate  1,500 GM dealerships  by the year  2000, primarily through dealership
buybacks and approval  by GM  of inter-dealership  acquisitions, and  encourages
dealers to align GM divisions' brands as may be requested by General Motors. The
agreements  require that the Company must bring any GM dealership acquired after
the Offering into compliance with the Project
 
                                       41
<PAGE>
2000 plan within one year of the acquisition. Failure to achieve such compliance
will result in termination of the Dealer Agreement and a buyback of the  related
dealership assets at net book value by GM. The Company believes that this aspect
of  the agreements does not present a significant risk to its business or future
operating results. The Company  believes that all  of its Chevrolet  dealerships
currently comply with GM's guidelines.
 
    The  Company  has also  agreed that  its  dealerships offering  new vehicles
manufactured by GM will  not attempt to sell  new vehicles of other  automakers.
The Company believes that this requirement of exclusive representation at its GM
dealerships will not adversely affect the Company's overall profitability.
 
    In  connection with  the Offering,  the Company's  current Dealer Agreements
with Nissan  are  being replaced  with  agreements imposing  several  additional
terms.  The continuation  of each  of these Dealer  Agreements by  Nissan may be
contingent upon, among other things,  the Company's achievement of stated  goals
for  market share penetration in the market served by the applicable dealership.
Failure to meet the market share goals set forth in any Nissan Dealer  Agreement
could  result in  the imposition of  additional conditions  in subsequent Dealer
Agreements or termination of such Dealer  Agreement by Nissan. In addition,  the
Company  anticipates that these Dealer Agreements  will give Nissan the right to
terminate the Company's Nissan franchises  if, without Nissan's prior  approval,
Mr. Gilliland's ownership of Common Stock falls below 20% of the total number of
shares  of Common  Stock issued and  outstanding. Although the  Company does not
anticipate that this provision in  the Nissan Dealer Agreements will  materially
adversely  affect its ability  to acquire other dealerships,  it could limit the
Company's ability  to  issue  additional  shares of  Common  Stock  to  complete
acquisitions.  If the  Company were  unable to issue  shares of  Common Stock to
acquire other dealerships, it  would be required  to use cash  or incur debt  or
issue preferred stock to complete future acquisitions. Nissan also will have the
right  to terminate the  Company's Dealer Agreements  if, without Nissan's prior
approval, Mr. Gilliland ceases to be the Chief Executive Officer of the  Company
or  if any  person or entity  acquires 20% or  more of the  Company's issued and
outstanding shares and Nissan determines that  such ownership is adverse to  the
automaker.
 
    Under  its  Dealer  Agreement  with  the  Dodge  division  of  Chrysler,  as
renegotiated in anticipation  of the Offering,  the Company will  be subject  to
several  additional  obligations. Chrysler  will  be entitled  to  terminate the
Company's Dodge  franchise  if  there  is  any change  in  the  ownership  of  a
controlling  number  of  shares in  the  Company  not approved  by  Chrysler. In
addition, the  Company  will  agree  not  to  acquire  any  additional  Chrysler
dealership   in  the  Oklahoma  City  market  without  Chrysler's  approval  and
acknowledge that Chrysler will have "good cause" to withhold its consent to  any
such  acquisition (other than the acquisition of Hickey Dodge). The Company does
not believe that its acquisition strategy will be materially adversely  affected
by  any  failure  by  Chrysler  to approve  its  acquisition  of  other Chrysler
dealerships in the Oklahoma City market.
 
    Texas and Oklahoma laws, and the laws of many other states, attempt to limit
automakers' control over dealerships. See  "-- Industry Overview." For  example,
under  Texas law, despite the terms of contracts between automakers and dealers,
automakers may not prevent  the sale of  a dealership unless  it would harm  the
public  or the reputation of the automaker. In addition, under Texas law and the
laws of other states, franchised dealerships may challenge automakers'  attempts
to  establish  new  franchises in  the  franchised dealers'  markets,  and state
regulators may deny applications  to establish new dealerships  for a number  of
reasons,  including a determination that the automaker is adequately represented
in the region. Other laws in Texas and elsewhere limit the ability of automakers
to terminate  or fail  to  renew franchises,  withhold  their approval  for  the
relocation  of a  franchise or require  that disputes  be arbitrated. Similarly,
under Oklahoma law,  automakers must have  "good cause" for  any termination  or
failure  to renew  their franchises,  and an  automaker's license  to distribute
vehicles in Oklahoma may  be revoked if, among  other things, the automaker  has
forced  or attempted to force  an automobile dealer to  accept delivery of motor
vehicles not ordered by that dealer.
 
    The state statutes generally provide  that it is a  violation of law for  an
automaker  to terminate or fail  to renew a franchise  without good cause. These
statutes also  provide  that  the  automaker  is  prohibited  from  unreasonably
withholding  approval  for a  proposed change  in  ownership of  the dealership.
Acceptable
 
                                       42
<PAGE>
grounds for  disapproval include  material reasons  relating to  the  character,
financial   ability  or   business  experience   of  the   proposed  transferee.
Accordingly, certain provisions of dealer agreements relating to an  automaker's
right  to  terminate or  fail to  renew a  franchise have  been held  invalid by
certain state courts and administrative agencies.
 
INVENTORY MANAGEMENT
 
    VEHICLES.   The  Company  makes  extensive efforts  to  tailor  its  vehicle
inventory  to meet changes in local consumer demand for different vehicle models
and types and  may acquire vehicles  from other  dealers if it  cannot obtain  a
sufficient  supply from the automakers. The Company is not required by the terms
of  its  Dealer  Agreements  to  take  particular  vehicle  inventory  from  the
automakers.  New  and used  vehicle inventory  at  the Company's  dealerships is
continually monitored using an integrated computer inventory system that  allows
the  Company to track the age and size of its entire inventory and to coordinate
vehicle transfers  between  its dealerships  in  response to  specific  customer
demand.  This  computerized system  also  links the  Company's  dealerships with
secondary-market wholesalers,  auctions  and  other dealers.  In  addition,  the
Company  assembles data from on-site surveys of customers at its dealerships and
draws upon automakers'  online reports  analyzing local,  regional and  national
vehicle purchasing trends.
 
    The  Company  generally  maintains  a  60-day  supply  of  new  vehicles. If
Cross-Continent has not sold a new vehicle  to a customer within 120 days  after
receiving  the vehicle  into inventory, it  attempts to transfer  the vehicle to
other franchised dealers. Such a transfer does not impact new vehicle sales,  as
compared with sales of used vehicles to other dealers and wholesalers, which are
reflected in total used vehicle sales. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis
of  Financial Condition and Results of  Operations." The Company's policy on its
used vehicle inventory  is to maintain  a 39-day  supply and to  offer to  other
dealers  and wholesalers used  vehicles remaining unsold for  more than 60 days.
The Company  estimates  that  sales  of  used  vehicles  to  other  dealers  and
wholesalers constituted approximately 23% of its total used vehicle dollar sales
in 1995.
 
    The  Company's  vice president  in charge  of dealer  operations establishes
guidelines for,  and  coordinates  the  purchases  of,  vehicles  to  ensure  an
efficient  allocation of inventory among the dealerships generally. In addition,
each of  the  Company's  dealerships  employs new  and  used  vehicle  inventory
managers  who  supervise  the  size  and  composition  of  inventories  at their
individual dealerships. Inventory managers are encouraged to act as "brokers" on
behalf of  their dealerships,  using computerized  systems, surveys  and  market
information to anticipate customer preferences and buy and sell to other Company
dealerships  and in secondary markets. The Company believes that its coordinated
system of  inventory management  is unusual  in the  industry and  enhances  its
overall profitability.
 
    Although  there can  be no assurance  either that  the Company's acquisition
strategy will be successful  or that it will  produce the anticipated  benefits,
the Company believes that the acquisition of additional dealerships would expand
its  internal  market  for  transfers of  vehicles  among  its  dealerships and,
therefore, reduce the need to acquire vehicles from other dealers or wholesalers
or sell vehicles  in the  wholesale market,  which frequently  results in  lower
gross  margins. The acquisition  of additional dealerships  may reduce the total
amount of transportation and  other fees paid to  other franchised dealers.  The
Company  believes that its acquisition of additional dealerships also may reduce
its reliance on  any particular automaker  so that  it may be  less affected  by
changes  in  buying  trends or  the  automaker's inability  to  supply requested
inventory.  The  Company  also  believes  that  its  acquisition  of  additional
dealerships  may produce  economies of scale  in its purchasing  of used vehicle
inventory.
 
    PARTS.  Each of the  Company's dealerships sells factory-approved parts  for
vehicle makes and models sold by that dealership. These parts are either used in
repairs made by the dealership or sold at wholesale to independent repair shops.
While a majority of the Company's dealerships sell parts primarily through their
own  service departments, two of the dealerships sell predominantly at wholesale
to other dealers, body shops and repair businesses.
 
    Currently, each of the Company's  dealerships employs its own parts  manager
and  independently controls its parts inventory and sales. Dealerships that sell
the same new vehicle makes have access to each
 
                                       43
<PAGE>
other's computerized inventories and frequently obtain unstocked parts from  the
Company's  other dealerships. The Company uses a computerized tracking system to
manage the inventory  of vehicle parts  at its dealerships.  This system  allows
each  dealership to  monitor customer  requests for parts  not in  stock and the
length of time each part has remained in inventory.
 
    The  Company  intends  to  further   centralize  its  inventory  system   by
establishing   uniform  standards  for  inventory  control  and  increasing  the
efficiency of cross-dealership  exchanges. In addition,  the Company intends  to
expand the volume of its wholesale parts business.
 
COMPETITION
 
    The  retail  automotive industry  is  highly competitive.  Depending  on the
geographic market,  the Company  competes with  both dealers  offering the  same
product line as the Company and dealers offering other automakers' vehicles. The
Company also competes for vehicle sales with auto brokers and leasing companies.
Cross-Continent   competes  with   small,  local  dealerships   and  with  large
multi-franchise auto dealerships. Some of the Company's larger competitors  have
greater  financial  resources and  are more  widely known  than the  Company. In
addition, the used  vehicle market  is facing additional  competition from  non-
traditional  outlets  such  as used-car  "superstores,"  which  have inventories
significantly larger and more varied than the Company and other more traditional
dealerships. While these superstores have not  yet entered the markets in  which
the  Company currently does  business, the Company may  face this competition in
new markets it  may enter. Some  of the Company's  competitors also may  utilize
marketing  techniques,  such as  Internet visibility  or "no  negotiation" sales
methods, not currently used by the Company.
 
    In the  Amarillo  market,  the  Company competes  with  over  10  franchised
dealerships  and numerous  other independent dealers  of used  vehicles, most of
which sell vehicles suited to the same customer group that the Company  targets.
The  Company is the exclusive  Chevrolet dealer in Amarillo  and in 1995 derived
approximately 71% of its  gross profit from its  three Chevrolet dealerships  in
Amarillo.  The  Company  could  be materially  adversely  affected  if Chevrolet
awarded additional  dealerships franchises  to others  in the  Amarillo  market,
although  the Company does not anticipate such  awards will be made, or if other
automobile dealerships increased their market share in the area. In the Oklahoma
City market, the Company  estimates that there are  at least 13  multi-franchise
dealer  groups,  many  of  which have  significantly  greater  market  share and
experience than the Company has in the Oklahoma City area.
 
    The Company believes that the principal competitive factors in vehicle sales
are the marketing campaigns conducted by automakers, the ability of  dealerships
to  offer  a  wide selection  of  the  most popular  vehicles,  the  location of
dealerships and  the  quality of  customer  service. Other  competitive  factors
include  customer  preference  for  makes  of  automobiles,  pricing  (including
manufacturer rebates  and  other special  offers)  and warranties.  The  Company
believes that its dealerships are competitive in all of these areas.
 
    In addition to competition for vehicle sales, the Company also competes with
other  auto  dealers,  service  stores,  auto  parts  retailers  and independent
mechanics in  providing  parts  and  service.  The  Company  believes  that  the
principal  competitive factors in parts and service  sales are price, the use of
factory-approved replacement parts,  the familiarity with  a dealer's makes  and
models  and the quality  of customer service.  A number of  regional or national
chains offer selected parts  and service at  prices that may  be lower than  the
Company's prices.
 
    In  arranging or providing  financing for its  customers' vehicle purchases,
the Company competes with a broad  range of financial institutions. The  Company
believes  that  the  principal  competitive factors  in  offering  financing are
convenience, interest rates and contract terms.
 
    In addition to being affected by national competitive trends, the  Company's
success  depends, in  part, on regional  auto-buying trends,  local and regional
economic factors  and  other  regional  competitive  pressures.  Currently,  the
Company sells its vehicles in the Amarillo and Oklahoma City markets. Conditions
and  competitive  pressures affecting  these markets,  such as  price-cutting by
dealers in  these  areas,  or in  any  new  markets the  Company  enters,  could
adversely affect the Company, although the retail automobile industry as a whole
might not be affected.
 
                                       44
<PAGE>
GOVERNMENTAL REGULATIONS
 
    A number of regulations affect the Company's business of marketing, selling,
financing  and servicing  automobiles. The Company  also is subject  to laws and
regulations relating to business corporations generally.
 
    Under Texas law, the  Company must obtain a  license in order to  establish,
operate  or relocate a dealership or operate an automotive repair service. Under
Oklahoma law, the Company must obtain  a license in order to establish,  operate
or relocate a dealership, and a license may be revoked or denied if, among other
things,  the Company does not  provide for a suitable  repair shop separate from
the  dealership  display  room.   See  "--  Vehicle   and  Parts  Suppliers   --
Relationships  with Automakers." These laws  also regulate the Company's conduct
of business, including  its advertising  and sales practices.  Other states  may
have similar requirements.
 
    The Company's financing activities with its customers are subject to federal
truth  in lending, consumer leasing and  equal credit opportunity regulations as
well as state and  local motor vehicle finance  laws, installment finance  laws,
insurance  laws,  usury  laws  and other  installment  sales  laws.  Some states
regulate finance fees that may be paid  as a result of vehicle sales. State  and
federal environmental regulations, including regulations governing air and water
quality  and the storage and disposal of gasoline, oil and other materials, also
apply to the Company.
 
    The Company believes that it complies substantially with all laws  affecting
its  business. Possible  penalties for  violation of  any of  these laws include
revocation of the Company's licenses and fines. In addition, many laws may  give
customers a private cause of action.
 
PROPERTY
 
    The  Company's principal executive offices are  located at 1201 South Taylor
Street, Amarillo, Texas 79101, and its  telephone number is (806) 374-8653.  The
Company  has four  dealerships at other  locations in the  Amarillo vicinity. In
addition, the Company is  in the process of  transferring back to the  automaker
its  Kia dealership, which it has operated at its Westgate facility in Amarillo.
The Company also has two dealerships at adjacent locations in the Oklahoma City,
Oklahoma market. The Company's facilities  occupy an aggregate of  approximately
270,000 square feet and are situated on approximately 45 acres of land.
 
    All  of the Company's dealerships are located along interstate highways. One
of the principal factors considered by the Company in evaluating an  acquisition
candidate  is its location.  The Company prefers  to acquire dealerships located
along major thoroughfares,  primarily interstate highways  with ease of  access,
which can be easily visited by prospective customers.
 
    The  Company  owns all  of  the real  estate  on which  its  dealerships are
located, except for its  Performance Nissan facility, a  portion of its  Quality
Nissan  facility  in  Amarillo and  a  small  portion of  its  Performance Dodge
facility near  Oklahoma  City.  The Company  subleases  its  Performance  Nissan
facility  from GGFP, which sublease extends until February 2002 and provides the
Company with an option to extend the sublease for an additional seven years  and
an option to purchase the property in 2002 for $2.2 million. The Company's lease
for  a portion of its Quality Nissan  facility runs through 1998, with an option
to purchase the property for  $400,000 or extend the  lease for five years.  The
Company  also leases its principal corporate offices  from GGFP for a lease term
ending 2001.  The Company  believes that  its facilities  are adequate  for  its
current  needs. In connection with its acquisition strategy, the Company intends
to evaluate, on a case-by-case basis, the relative benefit of owning or  leasing
the real estate associated with a particular dealership.
 
    Under  the  terms of  its Dealer  Agreements, the  Company must  maintain an
appropriate appearance and  design of its  facilities and is  restricted in  its
ability  to relocate  its dealerships.  See "--  Vehicle and  Parts Suppliers --
Relationship with Automakers."
 
EMPLOYEES
 
    As of August 1, 1996 the Company employed 536 people, of whom  approximately
88  were employed in  managerial positions, 229  were employed in non-managerial
sales positions, 93 were employed in non-managerial parts and service  positions
and 126 were employed in administrative support positions.
 
                                       45
<PAGE>
    The Company believes that many dealerships in the retail automobile industry
have  difficulty  attracting  and  retaining  qualified  personnel  for  several
reasons, including the historical inability of dealerships to provide  employees
with  a marketable equity interest in  the profitability of the dealerships. The
Company intends, upon completion of  the Offering, to provide certain  executive
officers, managers and other employees with options to purchase Common Stock and
believes  this equity incentive  will be attractive  to existing and prospective
employees of the Company. See "Management -- Stock Option Plan."
 
    The Company believes that its relationship with its employees is good.  None
of  the Company's  employees is  represented by  a labor  union. Because  of its
dependence on the  automakers, however,  the Company  may be  affected by  labor
strikes,   work  slowdowns   and  walkouts  at   the  automakers'  manufacturing
facilities. See "Risk Factors  -- Dependence on Automakers."  The Company has  a
policy   of  requiring  prospective  employees  to  undergo  tests  for  illegal
substances prior to being  hired and of requiring  employees to consent to  drug
tests at the Company's discretion during their employment with the Company.
 
LEGAL PROCEEDINGS AND INSURANCE
 
    From  time to time, the Company is named in claims involving the manufacture
of automobiles, contractual disputes and  other matters arising in the  ordinary
course  of the Company's  business. Currently, no  legal proceedings are pending
against or involve  the Company  that, in the  opinion of  management, could  be
expected  to have a material adverse effect on the business, financial condition
or results of operations of the Company.
 
    Because of their vehicle inventory and nature of business, automobile retail
dealerships generally require significant levels  of insurance covering a  broad
variety of risks. The Company's insurance includes an umbrella policy as well as
insurance   on  its  real  property,  comprehensive  coverage  for  its  vehicle
inventory, general liability insurance, employee dishonesty coverage and  errors
and  omissions  insurance in  connection with  its  vehicle sales  and financing
activities.
 
                                       46
<PAGE>
                                   MANAGEMENT
 
DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS
 
    The  executive officers and directors  of the Company, and  their ages as of
August 1, 1996, are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
         NAME                                    AGE                            POSITION
- -------------------------------------------      ---      -----------------------------------------------------
<S>                                          <C>          <C>
Bill A. Gilliland..........................          58   Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and Director
Robert W. Hall.............................          39   Senior Vice Chairman, Treasurer and Director
Ezra P. Mager..............................          54   Vice Chairman and Director
Emmett M. Rice, Jr.........................          38   Senior Vice President, Chief Operating Officer and
                                                           Director
Charles D. Winton..........................          34   Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Secretary
Thomas A. Corchado.........................          38   Vice President -- Fixed Operations
John W. Gaines.............................          36   Vice President -- Systems
Jerry L. Pullen............................          50   Vice President -- City Manager
Benjamin J. Quattrone......................          32   Vice President -- Dealer Operations
</TABLE>
 
    Bill A. Gilliland has  been the Chairman and  Chief Executive Officer and  a
Director  of the Company since its formation. Since 1987, Mr. Gilliland has been
the Managing Partner of GGFP, which prior to the Reorganization owned a majority
interest in the  Company's dealerships.  Mr. Gilliland currently  is, and  since
their  acquisition by GGFP has been, a director and the president of each of the
Company's dealerships.  Mr.  Gilliland  has  worked  in  the  retail  automobile
industry  for  over  30 years.  He  is a  member  of the  National  Auto Dealers
Association and a former board member of the Texas Auto Dealers Association. Mr.
Gilliland's initial term as a director of the Company will expire at the  annual
meeting of stockholders of the Company to be held in 1999.
 
    Robert  W. Hall has been the Senior  Vice Chairman, Treasurer and a Director
of the  Company  since its  formation.  Mr. Hall  currently  is, and  since  the
acquisition  of the Company's dealerships  by GGFP has been,  a director and the
treasurer of each of the dealerships. Since 1988, Mr. Hall has been a partner of
GGFP. Mr. Hall is the son-in-law of Mr. Gilliland. Mr. Hall's initial term as  a
director of the Company will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders of the
Company to be held in 1997.
 
    Ezra P. Mager has been the Vice Chairman and a Director of the Company since
its formation. From 1990 to January 1996, Mr. Mager was in charge of acquisition
activity  for United Auto Group,  Inc. and its predecessors,  one of the largest
automobile dealership groups in the United  States, and served as its  Executive
Vice  Chairman from 1995 to  January 1996. Prior to that  time, Mr. Mager was an
executive vice president  and director of  Furman Selz, Mager,  Dietz &  Birney,
Incorporated.  Mr. Mager's initial term as a director of the Company will expire
at the annual meeting of stockholders of the Company to be held in 1998.
 
    Emmett M. Rice,  Jr. has  been the  Senior Vice  President, Chief  Operating
Officer  and a Director of  the Company since its  formation. Mr. Rice currently
is, and  since their  acquisition by  GGFP has  been, a  director and  the  vice
president  of each  of the  Company's dealerships.  Mr. Rice  has worked  in and
managed certain of the Company's dealerships for  over 13 years. He is a  member
of the National Auto Dealers Association and the Texas Auto Dealers Association.
Mr.  Rice's initial term as a director of  the Company will expire at the annual
meeting of stockholders of the Company to be held in 1999.
 
    Charles D. Winton has been a Vice President, the Chief Financial Officer and
the Secretary of the Company since  its formation. Mr. Winton currently is,  and
since   June  1995  has  been,  the   secretary  of  the  Company's  Texas-based
dealerships. Prior to that time, Mr. Winton was Vice President of Accounting and
Taxes for Sims-Plummer Financial Services. From  1990 to 1993, Mr. Winton was  a
supervisor with George B. Jones & Company, an accounting firm serving franchised
auto dealers.
 
                                       47
<PAGE>
    Thomas  A.  Corchado has  been  Vice President  --  Fixed Operations  of the
Company since the Reorganization. From June 1993 to that time, Mr. Corchado  was
employed  by GGFP, where he  supervised the parts and  service operations of the
Company's dealerships. From  June 1990 to  May 1993, Mr.  Corchado was a  senior
consultant at Automotive Service Consultants.
 
    John  W. Gaines has been the Vice  President -- Systems of the Company since
the Reorganization. From February 1992 to that time, Mr. Gaines was employed  by
GGFP  as the coordinator of projects  and systems for the Company's dealerships.
Mr. Gaines was the Controller for the Amarillo National Bank in Amarillo, Texas,
from 1983 to 1992.
 
    Jerry L. Pullen  has been the  Vice President--City Manager  of the  Company
since  July 1996,  with responsibility for  the Amarillo  area dealerships. From
January 1988 to  July 1996,  Mr. Pullen  served as  the General  Manager of  the
Company's  Midway Chevrolet,  Inc. dealership. Mr.  Pullen has over  28 years of
related experience in the automotive industry. He is currently the President  of
High Country Chevrolet Dealers.
 
    Benjamin  J. Quattrone has  been the Vice President  -- Dealer Operations of
the Company since  the Reorganization.  In addition,  since July  15, 1996,  Mr.
Quattrone has served as the General Manager of Westgate Chevrolet, Inc. Prior to
the Reorganization, Mr. Quattrone was employed as the Management/ Dealer Trainee
of  the Quality Nissan Dealership from June 1995. Mr. Quattrone was the District
Sales Manager with the  Chevrolet Motor Division of  General Motors from  August
1989 to February 1995.
 
    The  Company  intends  to select  a  manager  to oversee  its  Oklahoma City
dealerships. This  manager may  be selected  from among  the Company's  existing
employees or hired specifically for that role. Until such a manager is selected,
certain  officers  of  the  Company,  including  the  Company's  Chief Operating
Officer, are  assisting in  overseeing  and coordinating  the operation  of  the
Company's Oklahoma City dealerships.
 
    As  soon as practicable after the Offering,  the Company intends to name two
individuals not employed by or affiliated with the Company to  Cross-Continent's
Board  of Directors.  Upon completion  of the  Offering, the  Company's Board of
Directors will not consist  of a majority of  independent directors and may  not
consist  of  such  a  majority in  the  future.  See "Risk  Factors  --  Lack of
Independent Directors."
 
    The Board of Directors of the Company is divided into three classes, each of
which, after a transitional period, will  serve for three years, with one  class
being  elected each year.  Under the Company's  Certificate of Incorporation and
Bylaws, individuals who  are employed  by the Company  at the  time they  become
directors  of Cross-Continent  are entitled to  serve as directors  only if they
remain so employed. The executive officers are elected annually by, and serve at
the discretion of, the Company's  Board of Directors. Following the  appointment
of at least two outside directors, the Company intends to establish and maintain
an  Audit  Committee,  the  members  of which  will  consist  solely  of outside
directors, and a Compensation Committee and a Nominating Committee of its  Board
of Directors. The Company has not previously had any of these committees.
 
    The Company may compensate the members of the Board of Directors who are not
full-time  employees of the  Company on an  annual and per  meeting basis, in an
amount and on a basis as may be  determined in the future. The Company also  may
decide  to compensate members of  committees of the Board  of Directors for each
meeting attended.  Directors  of  the Company  receive  reimbursement  of  their
reasonable  out-of-pocket  expenses  incurred  in  connection  with  their board
activities. The Company has purchased directors' and officers' insurance for its
executive officers and directors at a cost of $410,000 per year.
 
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
 
    The Company  anticipates  that  during  1996  its  most  highly  compensated
executive  officers  with  annualized  salaries  exceeding  $100,000,  and their
annualized base salaries for 1996, will be: Mr. Gilliland -- $300,000; Mr.  Hall
- -- $240,000; Mr. Mager -- $240,000; Mr. Rice -- $240,000; and Messrs. Pullen and
Winton -- each at $120,000 (collectively, the "Named Executives"). See Note 5 to
the "Pro Forma Combined Financial Data." In conjunction with the Reorganization,
the  Company has agreed to pay Mr. Rice the Executive Bonus. This $600,000 bonus
has been expensed in its entirety in  the three months ended June 30, 1996.  See
Note  17 to the Notes to Combined  Financial Statements. In his current position
as a City
 
                                       48
<PAGE>
Manager, Mr. Pullen is entitled to receive an annual bonus equal to 5.0% of  the
pre-tax  profits  over $5.0  million  (if any)  of  the Company's  Amarillo area
dealerships, payable  in cash,  incentive  stock or  stock  options, as  may  be
determined  in  the  future.  The  Company  anticipates  entering  into  written
agreements  with  Messrs.  Rice  and  Pullen  to  evidence  these   compensation
arrangements. The Company also historically has paid, and in the future may pay,
discretionary  bonuses to its other executive officers, based on the performance
of the Company or the nature of  services provided by the executives during  the
year. The amounts of such future bonuses, the conditions for any such awards and
the  forms of any such bonuses (such  as cash, incentive stock or stock options)
have not  been  determined.  The Company  does  not  intend to  grant  any  such
discretionary bonuses to any of the Senior Management Group for 1996.
 
    The  table below  sets forth  the compensation  paid to  the Company's Chief
Executive Officer and  each of  its most highly  compensated executive  officers
with  annual compensation  exceeding $100,000 for  the year  ending December 31,
1995.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                  1995 ANNUAL COMPENSATION
                                                                            -------------------------------------
                                 NAME AND                                                           TOTAL ANNUAL
                            PRINCIPAL POSITION                                SALARY      BONUS     COMPENSATION
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------  ----------  ----------  -------------
<S>                                                                         <C>         <C>         <C>
Bill A. Gilliland
  Chairman and Chief Executive Officer....................................  $  114,000      --       $   114,000
Emmett M. Rice, Jr.
  Senior Vice President and Chief
  Operating Officer.......................................................     120,000  $  524,836       644,836
Jerry L. Pullen
  Vice President -- City Manager..........................................      72,000     568,091       640,091
Thomas A. Corchado
  Vice President -- Fixed Operations......................................      64,538      78,865       143,403
</TABLE>
 
COMPENSATION COMMITTEE INTERLOCKS AND INSIDER PARTICIPATION
 
    Because the  Company was  formed in  1996, it  did not  have a  Compensation
Committee  for a prior  fiscal year. Following  the appointment of  at least two
outside directors  to  the  Company's  Board, the  Company  intends  to  form  a
Compensation Committee and anticipates naming its two outside directors to serve
on the committee.
 
STOCK OPTION PLAN
 
    The  Company adopted  its 1996 Stock  Option Plan (the  "Stock Option Plan")
immediately prior to completion of the Offering. The Company has granted,  under
the  Stock Option Plan, options to purchase  7,692 shares of Common Stock to Mr.
Mager. Such options have an exercise price equal to the per share initial public
offering price of the Common Stock and are exercisable starting 90 days from the
date of grant. The per share exercise price of incentive stock options  ("ISOs")
granted  under the Stock Option Plan must equal at least 100% of the Fair Market
Value (as defined in the  Stock Option Plan) of a  share of the Common Stock  on
the  date of grant (or 110% in the case of ISOs granted to employees owning more
than 10% of the Common Stock).
 
    The purpose of the Stock Option Plan is to provide key employees  (including
officers)  and directors of the Company with additional incentives by increasing
their equity  ownership in  the Company.  The Company  has reserved  a total  of
1,380,000  authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock for issuance under the
Stock Option Plan. These reserved shares  represent 10% of the shares of  Common
Stock to be outstanding immediately after the Offering.
 
                                       49
<PAGE>
    Options  granted under the Stock Option Plan are intended to qualify as ISOs
under Section  422 of  the Internal  Revenue Code  of 1986,  as amended,  or  be
non-qualified.  Holders of ISOs are not taxed until they sell the stock received
upon the exercise of an ISO. The entire spread between the sale proceeds and the
ISO exercise price is a long-term capital gain. Holders of non-qualified options
receive ordinary income upon exercise  of the option in  an amount equal to  the
spread  between the value  of the purchased  stock on exercise  and the exercise
price.
 
    The Stock Option Plan is intended to satisfy the conditions of Section 16 of
the Securities  Exchange  Act  of  1934, as  amended,  pursuant  to  Rule  16b-3
promulgated  thereunder,  which  rule  exempts  certain  short-swing  gains from
recapture by the  Company. The  Stock Option Plan  will be  administered by  the
Company's  Board of Directors, or a committee of the Board comprised exclusively
of two  or more  "non-employee  directors" within  the  meaning of  Rule  16b-3.
Subject  to the terms of  the Stock Option Plan,  the administrator of the Stock
Option Plan  will have  the  sole authority  and  discretion to  grant  options,
construe  the terms of the  plan and make all  other determinations and take all
other action with respect to the Stock Option Plan.
 
    Options will be exercisable during the period specified by the administrator
of  the  Stock  Option  Plan,  except  that  options  will  become   immediately
exercisable  upon a Change in  Control (as defined in  the Stock Option Plan) of
the  Company.  See  "Risk   Factors  --  Concentration   of  Voting  Power   and
Anti-Takeover  Provisions." Option holders  may not exercise  their options more
than 10 years from the date of grant (or five years in the case of ISOs  granted
to holders of more than 10% of the Common Stock) or, unless otherwise determined
by  the administrator of the Stock Option  Plan, after their employment with the
Company terminates (other than by reason of death). Options are nontransferable,
except by will or  the laws of intestate  succession. Shares underlying  options
that  terminate unexercised are available for  reissuance under the Stock Option
Plan.
 
                                       50
<PAGE>
                             PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS
 
    The following table describes the  beneficial ownership of the Common  Stock
as  of August  1, 1996  (and after giving  effect to  the Offering)  by (i) each
person who has granted the Underwriters  an option to purchase shares of  Common
Stock  held  by  such  person  if  the  Underwriters'  over-allotment  option is
exercised (a "Selling Stockholder"),  (ii) each person  (or group of  affiliated
persons)  who is known  by the Company to  own beneficially more  than 5% of the
Common Stock, (iii) each of the  Company's directors and executive officers  and
(iv) all directors and executive officers as a group.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                            SHARES       PERCENT       PERCENT      NUMBER OF SHARES   PERCENT IF OVER-
                                         BENEFICIALLY    BEFORE         AFTER       SUBJECT TO OVER-   ALLOTMENT OPTION
BENEFICIAL OWNER (1)                      OWNED (2)     OFFERING     OFFERING (3)   ALLOTMENT OPTION     EXERCISED (4)
- ---------------------------------------  ------------  -----------  --------------  ----------------  -------------------
<S>                                      <C>           <C>          <C>             <C>               <C>
Bill A. Gilliland (5)..................     6,925,500       68.4%         50.2%           388,631              47.4
Robert W. Hall (6).....................     1,731,375       17.1          12.5             97,020              11.8
Emmett M. Rice, Jr. (7)................     1,012,500       10.0           7.3             56,779               6.9
Ezra P. Mager (8)......................       303,750        3.0           2.2             --                   2.2
Jerry L. Pullen (9)....................       151,875        1.5           1.1              8,820               1.0
Charles D. Winton......................       --           --             --               --                 --
Thomas A. Corchado.....................       --           --             --               --                 --
John W. Gaines.........................       --           --             --               --                 --
Benjamin J. Quattrone..................       --           --             --               --                 --
All executive officers and directors as
 a group (9 persons) (5)(8)............    10,125,000      100.0          73.3            551,250              69.3
</TABLE>
 
- ---------
(1) The  address for  each beneficial owner  is in care  of Cross-Continent Auto
    Retailers, Inc., 1201 South  Taylor Street, Amarillo,  Texas 79101. Each  of
    the individuals listed is an officer of the Company.
(2) Except  as indicated in the footnotes to this table, to the knowledge of the
    Company, the persons  named in  the table  have sole  voting and  investment
    power with respect to all shares of Common Stock shown as beneficially owned
    by  them,  except  to  the  extent  authority  is  shared  by  spouses under
    applicable state law.
(3) Assumes no exercise of the Underwriters' over-allotment option.
(4) Assumes that the Underwriters' over-allotment option is exercised in full.
(5) Of these  shares, 1,731,375  are owned  of record  by Xaris,  Ltd., a  Texas
    limited  partnership.  Pursuant  to  the terms  of  an  agreement  among Mr.
    Gilliland, Lori D'Atri (Mr. Gilliland's daughter) and Mr. Hall and his wife,
    Robin W.  Hall, Mr.  Gilliland controls  Xaris Management  Co., the  general
    partner of Xaris, Ltd. Mr. Gilliland disclaims beneficial ownership of these
    shares.
(6) Mr.  and Mrs.  Hall hold  a controlling interest  in the  general partner of
    Twenty-Two Ten, Ltd., a Texas limited partnership, which is the record owner
    of these shares.
(7) Mr. Rice and his  wife, Nancy J.  Rice, hold a  controlling interest in  the
    general  partner of  Benji Investments,  Ltd., a  Texas limited partnership,
    which is the record owner of these shares.
(8) Does not include 138,000 shares of  Common Stock issuable upon the  exercise
    of  options granted immediately prior to the Offering with an exercise price
    equal to the initial public offering price.
(9) Jerry L. Pullen and his wife, Kaye J. Pullen, hold a controlling interest in
    the general partner of KAPL, Ltd., a Texas limited partnership, which is the
    record owner of these shares.
 
    Pursuant to  the Underwriting  Agreement, the  Underwriters have  agreed  to
purchase  shares of Common  Stock from the  Selling Stockholders, if  and to the
extent the Underwriters'  over-allotment option is  exercised, in proportion  to
the Selling Stockholders' respective ownership interests in the Company.
 
                                       51
<PAGE>
                              CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS
 
    Prior  to  the  Reorganization,  Bill  A.  Gilliland  and  his  wife, Sandra
Gilliland, Robert  W.  Hall  and  his  wife, Robin  W.  Hall,  and  Lori  D'Atri
(collectively, the "GGFP Partners") held a controlling equity interest in Midway
Chevrolet,  Inc.,  Plains  Chevrolet, Inc.,  Westgate  Chevrolet,  Inc., Quality
Nissan, Inc. and Working  Man's Credit Plan, Inc.  The GGFP Partners held  their
interests  in  these dealerships  through GGFP,  of which  Mr. Gilliland  is the
managing general partner. Midway, Plains and Westgate acquired the common  stock
of  Performance Nissan, Inc.  and Performance Dodge,  Inc. in 1995  at a cost of
$1.4 million and $5.9  million, respectively, and  Midway, Plains, Westgate  and
Quality  Nissan acquired Allied 2000 Collision Center, Inc. in 1996 at a cost of
$26,000. The Company was formed in May  1996 and, in June 1996, acquired all  of
the  common stock  of the  dealerships owned  directly by  GGFP in  exchange for
Common Stock of the Company. The  shares of common stock of Performance  Nissan,
Performance Dodge and Allied 2000 were then distributed to the Company.
 
    GGFP  and other stockholders of Midway, Plains, Westgate, Quality Nissan and
Working Man's Credit exchanged their shares of stock in those dealerships for an
aggregate of 1,012,500, 6,744,600, 1,240,000, 822,055 and 2,000 shares of Common
Stock, respectively, in the Reorganization. The exchange ratios of Common  Stock
for  the stock in the dealerships acquired  by the Company in the Reorganization
were established through  negotiation among the  parties to the  Reorganization,
and  were  based  largely  on  the value  of  the  dealerships  and  the capital
contributions by the owners of the  dealerships. Although Mr. Gilliland and  Mr.
Hall  took  an active  role  in these  negotiations, all  of  the owners  of the
dealerships, including  Mr. Rice,  the Company's  Chief Operating  Officer  (who
beneficially  owned shares  in Plains Chevrolet,  Inc. and  Working Man's Credit
Plan, Inc. prior  to the  Reorganization), and  Mr. Pullen,  the Company's  Vice
President-City  Manager (who beneficially owned shares in Midway Chevrolet, Inc.
prior to the Reorganization), approved the allocation of shares of Common Stock.
 
    In connection with its business travel,  the Company from time to time  uses
an  airplane that is owned  by Plains Air, Inc.  Messrs. Gilliland and Hall, the
Chairman and Senior Vice Chairman, respectively, of the Company, own Plains Air,
Inc. Currently, the Company pays Plains Air,  Inc. $13,050 per month plus a  fee
of  approximately $488 per  hour for use  of the airplane.  In 1995, the Company
paid an aggregate of $199,000 for the use of the airplane. The Company  believes
that  these fees are no less favorable to  the Company than could be obtained in
an arm's-length transaction between  unrelated parties. The Company  anticipates
that  as it  pursues its  acquisition strategy,  its use  of this  airplane will
increase and its costs associated with the plane will correspondingly increase.
 
    As a privately held  company, Cross-Continent historically reimbursed  GGFP,
which is a Texas partnership controlled by Mr. Gilliland, the Company's Chairman
and  Chief  Executive Officer,  for  costs incurred  by  GGFP on  behalf  of the
Company, including the Company's  proportionate share of GGFP's  administrative,
clerical  and other corporate overhead costs. In addition, the Company paid GGFP
a fee for management services generally  based on the Company's profits and  the
level  of management services rendered. Messrs.  Gilliland and Hall hold 60% and
20%, respectively, of the  partnership interests of GGFP.  Payments to GGFP  for
1993,  1994  and  1995  were  $3.0  million,  $3.7  million  and  $5.4  million,
respectively. A portion of these fees  have been classified as selling,  general
and  administrative expenses in  the Company's financial  statements included in
this Prospectus.  The  management  fees shown  separately  on  the  accompanying
financial  statements  have  been  discontinued  as  of  January  1,  1996.  See
"Management's Discussion  and Analysis  of Financial  Condition and  Results  of
Operations."
 
    In  1994, GGFP loaned  $1.05 million to  the Company in  connection with the
relocation of  the Company's  Quality Nissan  dealership. Interest  on the  loan
accrues  at  8.0% per  annum and  is  payable monthly.  Principal is  payable in
quarterly installments, and the Company expects to repay the loan in full out of
funds from  operations  by  the end  of  1996.  At June  30,  1996,  the  amount
outstanding under the loan was $467,000.
 
    As  with other  franchised dealerships, the  Company is  entitled to deposit
funds in the  GMAC Deposit  Account in  an amount  up to  75% of  the amount  of
inventory  financed by GMAC.  These funds so  deposited earn interest  at a rate
equal to the rate charged under  the GMAC floor plan. Historically, the  Company
has
 
                                       52
<PAGE>
permitted   its  employees  (including  its  principal  stockholders  and  Named
Executives) to advance funds to the Company for the purpose of investing in  the
GMAC  Deposit Account.  The Company  has acted only  as an  intermediary in this
process. At December 31, 1995 and June 30, 1996, funds advanced and  outstanding
from  the Company's principal stockholders  and Named Executives aggregated $2.9
million and $4.2  million, respectively. Following  completion of the  Offering,
the  Company intends  to deposit  its funds in  the GMAC  Deposit Account before
permitting  its  employees,  including  its  principal  stockholders  and  Named
Executives, to make deposits into the account.
 
    During 1995, GGFP advanced funds aggregating $2.6 million to the Company for
working  capital  purposes relating  primarily  to acquisitions.  These advances
accrued interest at an annual rate of  8.0% and were repaid in full in  February
1996.
 
    GGFP  was the contracting  agent for the  construction of certain facilities
for the  Company during  1995. The  total cost  of the  facilities  approximated
$570,000,   which  included  approximately  $52,000   as  payment  to  GGFP  for
architectural and construction management fees.
 
    GGFP leases the Company its corporate offices for an annual rent of  $64,800
under  a five-year lease extending through June 2001. GGFP also subleases to the
Company the real estate on which the Company's Performance Nissan dealership  is
located.  Annual rent under the  sublease is $228,000, which  is the same amount
payable by GGFP under the principal lease for the property.
 
    In June 1996, the Company issued 303,750 shares of Common Stock to Mr. Mager
in connection  with the  Executive  Purchase. The  Company recorded  a  non-cash
expense relating to employee stock compensation of approximately $1.1 million in
the  six months  ended June  30, 1996,  representing the  difference between the
Company's estimate of the fair value, as of April 1, 1996, of the 303,750 shares
of Common Stock issued in the Executive Purchase and the cash consideration paid
of $250,000.  The Company  based  its estimate  on  the assumed  initial  public
offering  price of the Shares less certain  discounts to reflect, as of April 1,
1996, the lack of a public market for the securities, the uncertainty  regarding
an  initial public offering and the fact  that the pending acquisition of Hickey
Dodge had not been contemplated.
 
    In addition to options  to purchase 7,692 shares  of Common Stock that  were
granted  to him under the Stock Option Plan immediately before completion of the
Offering, Mr.  Mager  is receiving  from  the  Company upon  completion  of  the
Offering an option to purchase an aggregate of 130,308 shares of Common Stock at
the  initial public offering price. All of  these options are exercisable at any
time or  from time  to time  after  the 90th  day after,  and before  the  tenth
anniversary  of, the  completion of  the Offering,  so long  as Mr.  Mager is an
employee or  serves as  a consultant  or  in another  advisory capacity  to  the
Company  at the time the  option is exercised. Mr.  Mager has agreed with Morgan
Stanley &  Co. Incorporated,  on behalf  of  the Underwriters,  not to  sell  or
otherwise  transfer or  dispose of  any shares of  Common Stock  issued upon the
exercise of  these options  for a  period of  180 days  after the  date of  this
Prospectus. See "Underwriters."
 
    Mr. Gilliland has unconditionally guaranteed substantially all, and Mr. Rice
has   unconditionally   guaranteed  a   portion,  of   the  Company's   debt  to
non-affiliates. At June 30,  1996, the aggregate amount  of such debt was  $48.9
million.  To the extent  proceeds of the  Offering are applied  to reduce any of
this debt, these guarantee obligations will be reduced. Following the  Offering,
the Company intends to seek the release of Messrs. Gilliland and Rice from these
guarantees.
 
                          DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK
 
    The  Company's authorized  capital stock  consists of  100,000,000 shares of
Common Stock,  par value  $.01 per  share, and  10,000,000 shares  of  Preferred
Stock, $.01 par value per share.
 
COMMON STOCK
 
    As  of  August  1,  1996,  there  were  10,125,000  shares  of  Common Stock
outstanding that were held of record by six stockholders. Immediately  following
the Offering, 13,800,000 shares of Common Stock will be outstanding.
 
                                       53
<PAGE>
    Holders  of Common Stock have one vote per share on matters to be voted upon
by the stockholders of the Company.  They do not have cumulative voting  rights.
As a result, the holders of more than 50% of the shares of the Common Stock will
have  the ability to elect all of  the Company's directors. See "Risk Factors --
Concentration of Voting Power and  Anti-Takeover Provisions." Holders of  Common
Stock  may receive dividends when, as and  if declared by the Board of Directors
from any assets legally available therefor  and may share ratably in the  assets
of  the Company  legally available for  distribution to its  stockholders in the
event of the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, in each case
subject to the rights of  the holders of Preferred  Stock. The Company does  not
intend to pay cash dividends on the Common Stock for the foreseeable future. See
"Dividend  Policy." Holders  of Common  Stock have  no preemptive, subscription,
redemption or conversion rights and are subject to the rights of the holders  of
any  Preferred Stock that the Company may issue. Holders of Common Stock are not
subject to calls or assessments by the Company. All outstanding shares of Common
Stock are, and the shares of Common Stock being issued and sold hereby will  be,
when  issued, fully paid and non-assessable. The rights, privileges, preferences
and priorities  of holders  of  the Common  Stock are  subject  to, and  may  be
adversely  affected by,  the rights of  the holders  of shares of  any series of
Preferred Stock that the Company may designate and issue in the future.
 
    Prior to the Offering, there has been no public market for the Common Stock.
The Common Stock has been  approved for listing on  the New York Stock  Exchange
under the symbol "XC".
 
PREFERRED STOCK
 
    The  Board of Directors of the Company  may, subject to applicable law, from
time to time issue up to an  aggregate of 10,000,000 shares of Preferred  Stock.
The  Preferred Stock may be issued in one or more series with such designations,
rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions  as the Board of Directors  may
determine, in each case without further vote or action by the stockholders. Such
rights  may include dividend  rights, dividend rates,  conversion rights, voting
rights, terms of redemption, redemption prices, liquidation preferences, sinking
fund provisions  and  the  number  of shares  constituting  any  series  or  the
designation  of such  series. Because  of the broad  discretion of  the Board of
Directors with respect to the creation  and issuance of Preferred Stock  without
stockholder  approval,  the  issuance of  Preferred  Stock may  delay,  defer or
prevent a change in control of the  Company and may adversely affect the  rights
of  the holders of Common Stock. The  issuance of Preferred Stock with voting or
conversion rights may adversely affect the voting power of the holders of Common
Stock. In addition, because the  terms of such Preferred  Stock may be fixed  by
the  Board of Directors without stockholder  approval, the Preferred Stock could
be designated  and  issued  quickly  in the  event  that  the  Company  requires
additional  equity  capital. Under  certain circumstances,  this could  have the
effect of decreasing the  market price of the  Common Stock. In connection  with
its  Rights Agreement,  the Company has  designated 250,000  shares of Preferred
Stock  as   its   Series   A   Junior   Participating   Preferred   Stock.   See
"--  Stockholders' Rights Plan." As  of the date hereof,  the Board of Directors
has not provided for the  issuance of any other  series of Preferred Stock,  and
except  as described  below under "--  Stockholders' Rights Plan,"  there are no
agreements or understandings providing for the issuance of Preferred Stock.
 
ANTI-TAKEOVER EFFECTS OF PROVISIONS OF THE CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION, BYLAWS
AND DELAWARE LAW
 
    CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION AND BYLAWS
 
    The Company has included provisions in its Certificate of Incorporation  and
Bylaws to help assure fair and equitable treatment of the Company's stockholders
if  a person  or group  should seek  to gain  control of  Cross-Continent in the
future. Such provisions, which are discussed below, may make a takeover  attempt
more  difficult,  whether by  tender offer,  proxy  contest or  otherwise. These
provisions may diminish the  likelihood that a potential  acquiror will make  an
offer  for the  Company's Common  Stock, impede  a transaction  favorable to the
interests of  the  stockholders, or  increase  the difficulty  of  removing  the
incumbent  Board of Directors and management, even if such removal would benefit
the stockholders.
 
    The Company's Board  of Directors  is divided  into three  classes, each  of
which,  after a transitional period, will serve  for three years, with one class
being  elected  each   year.  Under  the   Delaware  General  Corporation   Law,
stockholders of a corporation with a classified board may remove a director only
for cause. Under the Company's Certificate of Incorporation, an affirmative vote
of the holders of at least two-thirds of
 
                                       54
<PAGE>
the  shares  is  required to  amend  or  repeal the  provisions  related  to the
classified board. In addition,  all stockholder action must  be taken at a  duly
called  meeting and  not by a  consent in  writing. The Company's  Bylaws do not
permit  stockholders  of   Cross-Continent  to   call  a   special  meeting   of
stockholders.   See  "Risk  Factors   --  Concentration  of   Voting  Power  and
Anti-Takeover Provisions."
 
    DELAWARE TAKEOVER STATUTE
 
    The Company is  subject to  the provisions of  Section 203  of the  Delaware
General  Corporation  Law. In  general, the  statute  prohibits a  publicly held
Delaware  corporation  from  engaging  in  a  "business  combination"  with   an
"interested  stockholder" for  a period  of three  years after  the date  of the
transaction in which the person became an interested stockholder, unless,  prior
to the date the stockholder became an interested stockholder, the board approved
either  the  business  combination  or  the  transaction  that  resulted  in the
stockholder becoming  an  interested  stockholder  or  unless  one  of  the  two
exceptions  to  the  prohibitions is  satisfied:  (i) upon  consummation  of the
transaction that resulted in such person becoming an interested stockholder, the
interested stockholder  owned at  least 85%  of the  corporation's voting  stock
outstanding  at the time  the transaction commenced  (excluding, for purposes of
determining the number of shares outstanding, shares owned by certain  directors
or  certain employee stock plans)  or (ii) on or  after the date the stockholder
became an interested stockholder,  the business combination  is approved by  the
board  of directors and authorized  by the affirmative vote  (and not by written
consent) of at least two-thirds of  the outstanding voting stock excluding  that
stock  owned by the interested stockholder.  A "business combination" includes a
merger, asset sale or other transaction resulting in a financial benefit to  the
interested  stockholder. An "interested stockholder" is a person who (other than
the corporation  and any  direct or  indirect majority-owned  subsidiary of  the
corporation), together with affiliates and associates, owns (or, as an affiliate
or   associate,  within  three  years  prior,  did  own)  15%  or  more  of  the
corporation's outstanding voting stock. It is possible that these provisions may
have the effect of delaying, deterring or preventing a change in control of  the
Company.
 
ANTI-TAKEOVER EFFECT OF PROVISIONS IN DEALER AGREEMENTS
 
    Under the Company's Dealer Agreements with the Chevrolet division of General
Motors,  if any  person or  entity acquires  more than  20% of  the Common Stock
issued and outstanding at  any time and the  Chevrolet division determines  that
such  person or  entity does  not have  interests compatible  with those  of the
Chevrolet division, or is otherwise not qualified to have an ownership  interest
in  a Chevrolet dealership (an "Adverse  Person"), the Company must transfer its
Chevrolet dealerships to a third party  acceptable to the Chevrolet division  or
terminate  its Dealer  Agreements with  Chevrolet unless,  within 90  days after
Chevrolet's determination,  the  Adverse  Person's  ownership  interest  in  the
Company  is reduced  to less  than 20%.  See "Risk  Factors --  Concentration of
Voting Power and Anti-Takeover  Provisions" and "Business  -- Vehicle and  Parts
Suppliers -- Relationships with Automakers."
 
    Under the Dealer Agreements with Nissan that the Company anticipates will be
in  effect upon completion  of the Offering, as  renegotiated in anticipation of
the Offering,  Nissan will  have the  right to  terminate the  Company's  Nissan
franchises  if, without  Nissan's prior  approval, Mr.  Gilliland's ownership of
Common Stock falls  below 20%  of the  total number  of shares  of Common  Stock
issued and outstanding or Mr. Gilliland ceases to be the Chief Executive Officer
of  the Company.  Nissan also  will have  the right  to terminate  the Company's
Dealer Agreements if any person or entity acquires 20% or more of the  Company's
issued  and  outstanding shares  and Nissan  determines  that such  ownership is
adverse to Nissan.
 
    Under the Company's Dealer  Agreement with the  Dodge division of  Chrysler,
following  the Offering,  Chrysler will be  entitled to  terminate the Company's
Dodge franchise if there is any change in the ownership of a controlling  number
of  shares  in the  Company  not approved  by  Chrysler. The  change  of control
provisions in the Company's Dealer Agreements with GM, Nissan and Chrysler could
discourage a third  party from acquiring  a significant equity  position in  the
Company or from seeking control of the Company.
 
STOCKHOLDERS' RIGHTS PLAN
 
    Immediately  prior  to  completion  of the  Offering,  the  Company's Rights
Agreement (the "Rights Plan") took effect. The purpose of the Rights Plan is  to
promote  negotiations between a prospective acquiror  and the Company's Board of
Directors in  order to  ensure that  the stockholders'  interests will  be  best
served.
 
                                       55
<PAGE>
    Under  the  Rights  Plan, each  stockholder  of the  Company  (including the
Company's existing stockholders) will be issued one right (a "Right") with  each
share  of Common Stock issued prior to the Distribution Date (as defined below).
The Rights are not exercisable, are not represented by separate certificates and
are transferable only with a  transfer of the Common  Stock until the tenth  day
after  (i)  such  time as  a  person  or entity,  together  with  affiliates and
associates, acquires beneficial ownership of 19.9% of the Common Stock or (ii) a
person or  entity announces  its intention  to make  such an  acquisition  (such
person  or  entity  being  the  "Acquiring  Person"  and  such  date  being  the
"Distribution Date"). Until a Right is  exercised, the holder thereof, as  such,
will  have  no  rights  as  a stockholder  of  the  Company,  including, without
limitation, the right to vote or receive dividends.
 
    Each Right is exercisable after the Distribution Date for one  one-hundredth
of  a share  of Junior Preferred  Stock at a  purchase price of  $100 per share,
subject to adjustment. However, once the Rights are triggered, holders of Common
Stock (other than  the Acquiring Person)  have the right,  in lieu of  acquiring
Junior  Preferred Stock, to purchase  Common Stock having a  market value, as of
the time that the Acquiring Person  crossed the 19.9% threshold, equal to  twice
the  Right's exercise price. The factors  considered in determining the exercise
price of the Rights include pricing and dilution characteristics of other rights
plans with respect to similar securities registered under the Securities Act and
the estimated initial public offering price of the Common Stock.
 
    The Company may,  at the discretion  of the Board  of Directors, lower  this
threshold  to as low  as 10% of  the Common Stock  then outstanding. The Company
also has the  right, after the  Acquiring Person  has crossed the  19.9% or  10%
threshold,  as the case may be, but before the Acquiring Person has acquired 50%
of the Common Stock, to  exchange one new share of  Common Stock for each  Right
(other than Rights held by the Acquiring Person).
 
    Under the Rights Plan, once the Rights become exercisable, if the Company is
merged  or combined with any person  or if the Company sells  50% or more of its
assets to any person, each  holder of a Right  (other than an Acquiring  Person)
has  the right, in lieu of acquiring Junior Preferred Shares, to purchase shares
of common stock of such person having a  market value at that time of two  times
the exercise price of the Rights.
 
    If  the Company is unable  to issue a sufficient  number of shares of Common
Stock to permit the  exercise in full  of the Rights for  Common Stock, it  will
issue  shares of Junior Preferred Stock upon  exercise of the Rights. The Junior
Preferred Stock is non-redeemable and junior to any other preferred stock of the
Company. The provisions of  the Junior Preferred Stock  are designed to  provide
that  each one one-hundredth of a share  of Junior Preferred Stock issuable upon
exercise of a Right approximates  the value of one  share of Common Stock.  Each
whole share of Junior Preferred Stock will accrue a quarterly dividend of $1 and
a  dividend  equal to  100 times  any dividend  paid on  the Common  Stock. Upon
liquidation of the Company, each whole share of Junior Preferred Stock will have
a liquidation preference of $100  plus an amount equal  to 100 times the  amount
paid  on any share  of Common Stock.  Each share of  Junior Preferred Stock will
entitle  its  holder  to  100  votes  on  matters  submitted  to  the  Company's
stockholders,  which votes will be cast with  the votes of the holders of Common
Stock. If  the  Company were  merged,  consolidated  or involved  in  a  similar
transaction,  each share of  Junior Preferred Stock would  entitle its holder to
receive 100 times the amount received by  holders of Common Stock in the  merger
or similar transaction.
 
    Any  exercise of  the Rights  would have a  dilutive effect  on an Acquiring
Person both  economically  and in  terms  of  its percentage  ownership  of  the
Company's  Common Stock. Therefore, the existence of the Rights may discourage a
third party  from attempting  to acquire  control of  the Company.  In order  to
ensure  that the Rights will not  interfere with negotiated transactions between
the Company and a potential acquiror, which are approved by the Company's  Board
of  Directors, the Company may redeem the Rights at a price of $.01 per Right at
any time  prior  to  the acquisition  by  any  person or  entity  of  beneficial
ownership of 19.9% or more of the Common Stock.
 
    Reference  is hereby made  to the Rights Agreement  entered into between the
Company and The Bank of New York,  as rights agent, specifying the terms of  the
Rights, which agreement includes as an exhibit the
 
                                       56
<PAGE>
form of Rights Certificate, and this description is qualified in its entirety by
reference  to  the terms  and  conditions thereof.  The  Rights Agreement  is an
exhibit to the Registration Statement of which this Prospectus is a part.
 
LIMITATION OF LIABILITY AND INDEMNIFICATION
 
    The Company's  Certificate  of  Incorporation  and  Bylaws  contain  certain
provisions  permitted under the Delaware General  Corporation Law that limit the
liability  of  directors.  These  provisions  eliminate  a  director's  personal
liability for monetary damages resulting from a breach of fiduciary duty, except
in  certain circumstances involving certain wrongful acts, such as the breach of
a director's  duty  of  loyalty,  acts or  omissions  that  involve  intentional
misconduct  or  a knowing  violation of  law,  or any  transaction from  which a
director derived an improper personal benefit. These provisions do not limit  or
eliminate  the rights  of the  Company or  any stockholder  to seek non-monetary
relief, such as  an injunction  or rescission,  in the event  of a  breach of  a
director's  fiduciary  duty.  These  provisions  will  not  alter  a  director's
liability  under  federal   securities  laws.  The   Company's  Certificate   of
Incorporation  and Bylaws also contain provisions indemnifying the directors and
officers of the Company to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware  General
Corporation  Law. The Company  believes that these provisions  will assist it in
attracting and retaining qualified individuals to serve as directors.
 
TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR
 
    The Company has appointed  The Bank of  New York as  the transfer agent  and
registrar for the Common Stock, as well as rights agent under the Rights Plan.
 
                        SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE
 
    Upon  completion  of  this  Offering, the  Company  will  have approximately
13,800,000 shares of Common Stock  issued and outstanding, assuming no  exercise
of  options outstanding. Of the Common Stock outstanding upon completion of this
Offering, the 3,675,000  shares of Common  Stock sold in  this Offering will  be
freely  transferable  by  the  holders thereof  without  restriction  or further
registration under  the Securities  Act  of 1933,  as amended  (the  "Securities
Act"),  except for any shares held by  "affiliates" of the Company, as that term
is defined under the Securities  Act and the regulations promulgated  thereunder
(an "affiliate"), or persons who have been affiliates within the preceding three
months.  Holders of the remaining 10,125,000 shares  of Common Stock will not be
able to sell their shares in reliance on Rule 144 under the Securities Act prior
to June 1998.
 
    In general, under  Rule 144  as currently in  effect, a  holder (or  holders
whose  shares are aggregated) of  "restricted securities," including persons who
may be deemed affiliated with the Company, whose shares meet a two-year  holding
period requirement are entitled to sell, within any three-month period, a number
of  these shares that does not exceed the  greater of 1% of the then outstanding
shares of Common  Stock or  the average weekly  reported trading  volume in  the
Common  Stock during the four calendar weeks  preceding the date on which notice
of the sale is  given, provided certain manner  of sale and notice  requirements
and  requirements as to the availability of current public information about the
Company are satisfied. Under  Rule 144(k), a  holder of "restricted  securities"
who  is deemed  not to have  been an affiliate  of the Company  during the three
months preceding  a sale  by him,  and whose  shares meet  a three-year  holding
period  requirement, is entitled  to sell those shares,  without regard to these
restrictions and  requirements.  In addition,  affiliates  of the  Company  must
comply  with  the restrictions  and  requirements of  Rule  144, other  than the
two-year holding period  requirement, in order  to sell shares  of Common  Stock
which  are not "restricted securities" (such as shares acquired by affiliates in
the Offering).
 
    The Securities  and  Exchange  Commission (the  "Commission")  has  recently
proposed  amendments to Rule  144 and Rule  144(k) that would  permit resales of
restricted securities under Rule 144 after  a one-year, rather than a  two-year,
holding period, subject to compliance with the other provisions of Rule 144, and
would permit resale of restricted securities by non-affiliates under Rule 144(k)
after  a two-year,  rather than a  three-year, holding period.  Adoption of such
amendments could result in resales of restricted securities sooner than would be
the case under Rule 144 and Rule 144(k) as currently in effect.
 
                                       57
<PAGE>
    The Company has reserved 1,380,000 shares of Common Stock for issuance under
the Stock  Option  Plan.  See  "Management --  Stock  Option  Plan."  After  the
Offering,  the Company may file registration statements under the Securities Act
to register the Common Stock to be  issued under this plan. After the  effective
date  of such registration statement, shares  issued under the Stock Option Plan
will be freely tradeable without  restriction or further registration under  the
Securities  Act, unless acquired  by affiliates of the  Company. In addition, as
part of any acquisition  it may complete  in the future,  the Company may  issue
additional  shares  of  Common  Stock  subject  to  concentration  of  ownership
provisions in the Company's Dealer Agreements. See "Business -- Growth  Strategy
- -- Acquisitions."
 
    Prior  to the Offering,  there has been  no market for  the Common Stock. No
prediction can be made regarding the effect, if any, that public sales of shares
of the Common  Stock or the  availability of shares  for sale will  have on  the
market  price  of the  Common  Stock after  the  Offering. Sales  of substantial
amounts of the Common Stock in the public market following the Offering, or  the
perception that such sales may occur, could adversely affect the market price of
the  Common Stock and could  impair the ability of  the Company to raise capital
through sales of its equity securities.
 
                                       58
<PAGE>
                                  UNDERWRITERS
 
    Under the terms and subject to the conditions in the Underwriting  Agreement
dated  the date  hereof (the  "Underwriting Agreement"),  the Underwriters named
below (the "Underwriters") have  severally agreed to  purchase, and the  Company
has agreed to sell to them, severally, the respective number of shares of Common
Stock set forth opposite their respective names below:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NAME                                                                                   NUMBER OF SHARES
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------  -----------------
<S>                                                                                    <C>
Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated....................................................         835,000
Furman Selz LLC......................................................................         835,000
Rauscher Pierce Refsnes, Inc.........................................................         835,000
Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc..............................................................          90,000
Sanford C. Bernstein & Co., Inc......................................................          45,000
William Blair & Company..............................................................          45,000
Dean Witter Reynolds Inc.............................................................          90,000
Doft & Co., Inc......................................................................          45,000
Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette Securities Corporation..................................          90,000
A.G. Edwards & Sons, Inc.............................................................          90,000
EVEREN Securities, Inc...............................................................          45,000
Janney Montgomery Scott Inc..........................................................          45,000
Edward D. Jones & Co.................................................................          45,000
Ladenburg, Thalmann & Co. Inc........................................................          45,000
Legg Mason Wood Walker, Incorporated.................................................          45,000
Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated...................................          90,000
Montgomery Securities................................................................          90,000
Principal Financial Securities, Inc..................................................          45,000
Raymond James & Associates, Inc......................................................          45,000
The Robinson-Humphrey Company, Inc...................................................          45,000
Scott & Stringfellow, Inc............................................................          45,000
Smith Barney Inc.....................................................................          90,000
                                                                                       -----------------
    Total............................................................................       3,675,000
                                                                                       -----------------
                                                                                       -----------------
</TABLE>
 
    The  Underwriting  Agreement provides  that the  obligations of  the several
Underwriters to  pay for  and accept  delivery  of the  shares of  Common  Stock
offered  hereby are subject  to the approval  of certain legal  matters by their
counsel and to certain other conditions. The Underwriters are committed to  take
and  pay for all of the shares of  Common Stock offered hereby (other than those
covered by the Underwriters' over-allotment option described below) if any  such
shares are taken.
 
    The  Underwriters  propose  to offer  part  of  the shares  of  Common Stock
directly to the public at the Price to Public set forth on the cover page hereof
and part to  certain dealers  at a  price that  represents a  concession not  in
excess  of $.60 per share  under the public offering  price. Any Underwriter may
allow, and such  dealers may reallow,  a concession  not in excess  of $.10  per
share to other Underwriters or to certain dealers. After the initial offering of
the  shares of Common Stock, the offering price and other selling terms may from
time to time be varied by Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated, Furman Selz LLC and
Rauscher Pierce Refsnes, Inc. (the "Representatives").
 
    The Common  Stock  has been  approved  for listing  on  the New  York  Stock
Exchange under the symbol "XC".
 
    The  Company and, if  the Underwriters' over-allotment  option is exercised,
the Selling  Stockholders  have agreed  to  indemnify the  several  Underwriters
against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.
 
    Pursuant  to  the  Underwriting  Agreement,  the  Selling  Stockholders have
granted to the Underwriters an option, exercisable for 30 days from the date  of
this  Prospectus, to purchase up to 551,250 additional shares of Common Stock at
the Price  to Public  set forth  on  the cover  page hereof,  less  underwriting
discounts  and  commissions. The  Selling Stockholders  will participate  in the
Offering only if and to the extent the
 
                                       59
<PAGE>
Underwriters exercise  the  over-allotment  option. The  Company  will  pay  the
expenses  related to the exercise of the over-allotment option (other than stock
transfer taxes  and counsel  fees  of the  Selling  Stockholders, if  any).  The
Underwriters  may  exercise  such  option solely  for  the  purpose  of covering
over-allotments, if any,  made in connection  with the Offering.  To the  extent
such  option is  exercised, each Underwriter  will become  obligated, subject to
certain conditions,  to  purchase  approximately the  same  percentage  of  such
additional  shares  of  Common  Stock  as the  number  set  forth  next  to such
Underwriter's name in the preceding table bears to the total number of shares of
Common Stock offered by the Underwriters hereby. See "Principal Stockholders."
 
    The  Company,  its  directors  and  executive  officers  and  all   existing
stockholders  have  agreed that,  without the  prior  written consent  of Morgan
Stanley & Co. Incorporated on  behalf of the Underwriters,  they will not for  a
period  of 180 days after  the date of this  Prospectus (i) offer, pledge, sell,
contract to sell, grant any option or contract to purchase, purchase any  option
or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase or otherwise
transfer  or dispose of, directly  or indirectly, any shares  of Common Stock or
any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common  Stock
or  (ii) enter into  any swap or  other agreement that  transfers to another, in
whole or in part, any  of the economic consequences  of ownership of the  Common
Stock,  whether any such transaction described in clause (i) or (ii) above is to
be settled by the delivery of Common Stock or such other securities, in cash  or
otherwise,  other than (a)  the shares of  Common Stock offered  hereby, (b) any
options or similar securities issued pursuant to the Stock Option Plan, as  such
plan  is in effect on the date hereof, and (c) any shares of Common Stock issued
by the Company upon the exercise of any option outstanding on the date hereof as
disclosed in this Prospectus.
 
    The Underwriters have informed the Company that they do not expect sales  to
discretionary  accounts to  exceed 5%  of the total  number of  shares of Common
Stock offered by them.
 
    At the request of the Company, the Underwriters have reserved  approximately
183,750  shares of Common Stock, representing 5.0% of the shares of Common Stock
to be sold in  the Offering, for  sale to certain of  its employees and  certain
other  persons at the public offering price  set forth on the cover page hereof.
If such shares are not so sold to employees of the Company, they will be sold to
the public.
 
PRICING OF THE OFFERING
 
    Prior to the Offering, there has been no public market for the Common Stock.
The initial  public  offering  price  of the  Common  Stock  was  determined  by
negotiations  between  the Company  and the  Representatives. Among  the factors
considered in determining the initial public offering price of the Common  Stock
were  the sales,  earnings and certain  other pro forma  financial and operating
information of  the Company  in  recent periods,  the  future prospects  of  the
Company  and its industry  in general, and  certain ratios, the  market price of
securities and certain financial and operating information of companies  engaged
in  activities similar to those of the Company. Since the Company will be one of
the first public companies in the auto dealership business, the Company and  the
Representatives were not able to use the market prices of other companies in the
same industry as a benchmark in setting the initial public offering price.
 
                                 LEGAL MATTERS
 
    The  validity of the  shares of Common  Stock offered hereby  will be passed
upon for the Company by Howard, Darby & Levin, New York, New York. Certain legal
matters will be  passed upon for  the Underwriters by  Shearman & Sterling,  New
York, New York.
 
                                    EXPERTS
 
    The combined financial statements of the Company as of December 31, 1994 and
1995  and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 1995, the
financial statements of Jim Glover Dodge, Inc. as of November 30, 1994 and  1995
and  for each of  the two years  in the period  ended November 30,  1995 and the
financial statements of Lynn Hickey Dodge, Inc. as of December 31, 1994 and 1995
and for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 1995 included  in
this  Prospectus  have been  so  included in  reliance  on the  report  of Price
Waterhouse LLP, independent accountants, given on the authority of said firm  as
experts in accounting and auditing.
 
                                       60
<PAGE>
                             AVAILABLE INFORMATION
 
    The  Company has filed with the  Commission a Registration Statement on Form
S-1 under the Securities Act for the  Shares. This Prospectus, filed as part  of
the   Registration  Statement,  omits  certain   information  contained  in  the
Registration  Statement  and  the  exhibits  and  schedules  thereto,  to  which
reference  is hereby made. Statements contained herein concerning the provisions
of any  documents  filed as  exhibits  to  the Registration  Statement  are  not
necessarily complete, and in each instance reference is made to the copy of such
document.  Each such statement  is qualified in its  entirety by such reference.
The Registration Statement,  including exhibits and  schedules filed  therewith,
may be inspected and copied at the public reference facilities maintained by the
Commission  at Room 1024,  Judiciary Plaza, 450  Fifth Street, N.W., Washington,
D.C. 20549 and  at the regional  offices of  the Commission located  at 7  World
Trade  Center, 13th Floor, New York, New York 10048 and 500 West Madison Street,
Room 1400, Chicago, Illinois 60661. Copies of such materials may be obtained  at
prescribed rates from the Public Reference Section of the Commission, Room 1024,
Judiciary  Plaza, 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549, and its public
reference facilities in New York, New York and Chicago, Illinois. The Commission
also maintains a Website (http://www.sec.gov)  that contains reports, proxy  and
information  statements and  other information  regarding registrants  that file
electronically with the Commission.
 
    The  Company  intends  to  furnish  its  stockholders  with  annual  reports
containing  audited  financial statements  and quarterly  reports for  the first
three quarters  of  each  fiscal year  containing  unaudited  summary  financial
information.
 
                                       61
<PAGE>
                    INDEX TO COMBINED FINANCIAL INFORMATION
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                               PAGE
                                                                                                             ---------
<S>                                                                                                          <C>
HISTORICAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
CROSS-CONTINENT AUTO RETAILERS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
    Report of Independent Accountants......................................................................        F-2
 
    Combined Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 1993, 1994 and 1995 and for the six
     months ended June 30, 1995 and 1996 (unaudited).......................................................        F-3
 
    Combined Balance Sheets as of December 31, 1994 and 1995 and June 30, 1996 (unaudited).................        F-4
 
    Combined Statement of Changes in Stockholders' Equity for the three years ended December 31, 1995 and
     for the six months ended June 30, 1996 (unaudited)....................................................        F-5
 
    Combined Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 1993, 1994 and 1995 and for the six
     months ended June 30, 1995 and 1996 (unaudited).......................................................        F-6
 
    Notes to Combined Financial Statements.................................................................        F-7
 
HISTORICAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
JIM GLOVER DODGE, INC.
 
    Report of Independent Accountants......................................................................       F-21
 
    Statements of Operations for the years ended November 30, 1994 and 1995................................       F-22
 
    Balance Sheets as of November 30, 1994 and 1995 .......................................................       F-23
 
    Statement of Changes in Stockholders' Equity for the two years ended November 30, 1995.................       F-24
 
    Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended November 30, 1994 and 1995................................       F-25
 
    Notes to Financial Statements..........................................................................       F-26
 
HISTORICAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
LYNN HICKEY DODGE, INC.
 
    Report of Independent Accountants......................................................................       F-30
 
    Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 1994 and 1995 and for the six months ended
     June 30, 1995 and 1996 (unaudited)....................................................................       F-31
 
    Balance Sheets as of December 31, 1994 and 1995 and June 30, 1996 (unaudited)..........................       F-32
 
    Statements of Changes in Stockholder's Equity for the two years ended December 31, 1995 and for the six
     months ended June 30, 1996 (unaudited)................................................................       F-33
 
    Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 1994 and 1995 and for the six months ended
     June 30, 1995 and 1996 (unaudited)....................................................................       F-34
 
    Notes to Financial Statements..........................................................................       F-35
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-1
<PAGE>
                       REPORT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS
 
To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of
Cross-Continent Auto Retailers, Inc.
 
In  our  opinion,  the  accompanying combined  balance  sheets  and  the related
combined statements of  operations, of  changes in stockholders'  equity and  of
cash  flows present fairly, in all  material respects, the financial position of
Cross-Continent Auto Retailers, Inc. and  its subsidiaries at December 31,  1994
and  1995 and the results  of their operations and their  cash flows for each of
the three  years in  the period  ended  December 31,  1995, in  conformity  with
generally  accepted accounting  principles. These  financial statements  are the
responsibility of the Company's management; our responsibility is to express  an
opinion  on these  financial statements  based on  our audits.  We conducted our
audits of  these  statements  in accordance  with  generally  accepted  auditing
standards  which require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable
assurance  about  whether  the  financial   statements  are  free  of   material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the  amounts  and  disclosures  in  the  financial  statements,  assessing   the
accounting  principles used  and significant  estimates made  by management, and
evaluating the overall  financial statement  presentation. We  believe that  our
audits provide a reasonable basis for the opinion expressed above.
 
PRICE WATERHOUSE LLP
 
Fort Worth, Texas
June 21, 1996
 
                                      F-2
<PAGE>
                      CROSS-CONTINENT AUTO RETAILERS, INC.
 
                       COMBINED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                               SIX MONTHS ENDED
                                                YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,            JUNE 30,
                                            -------------------------------  --------------------
                                              1993       1994       1995       1995       1996
                                            ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                                 (unaudited)
<S>                                         <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
Revenues:
  Vehicle sales                             $ 150,205  $ 163,721  $ 212,984  $ 101,464  $ 125,900
  Other operating revenue                      15,159     18,047     23,210     10,880     15,341
                                            ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
    Total revenues                            165,364    181,768    236,194    112,344    141,241
                                            ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Cost and expenses:
  Cost of sales                               139,626    153,446    198,702     94,470    119,921
  Selling, general and administrative          17,194     18,522     25,630     11,958     15,695
  Depreciation and amortization                   992        934        951        471        549
  Management fees paid to related party         2,536      3,183      4,318      2,155      -
  Employee stock compensation                   -          -          -          -          1,099
                                            ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                              160,348    176,085    229,601    109,054    137,264
                                            ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                5,016      5,683      6,593      3,290      3,977
Other income (expense):
  Interest income                                 265        576        830        406        527
  Interest expense                             (2,113)    (2,526)    (3,918)    (1,932)    (2,251)
                                            ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
  Income before income taxes                    3,168      3,733      3,505      1,764      2,253
  Income tax provision                          1,173      1,351      1,310        659      1,224
                                            ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
    Net income                              $   1,995  $   2,382  $   2,195  $   1,105  $   1,029
                                            ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                            ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
                     The accompanying notes are an integral
                      part of these financial statements.
 
                                      F-3
<PAGE>
                      CROSS-CONTINENT AUTO RETAILERS, INC.
 
                            COMBINED BALANCE SHEETS
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
 
                                     ASSETS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               DECEMBER 31,
                                                           --------------------
                                                             1994       1995
                                                           ---------  ---------  JUNE 30, 1996
                                                                                 -------------
                                                                                  (unaudited)
<S>                                                        <C>        <C>        <C>
Current assets:
  Cash and cash equivalents                                $   5,001  $   8,362    $   8,892
  Accounts receivable                                          4,523      9,383       10,664
  Inventories                                                 23,243     43,731       38,416
                                                           ---------  ---------  -------------
    Total current assets                                      32,767     61,476       57,972
Property and equipment, at cost, less accumulated
 depreciation                                                  9,283     12,107       12,213
Goodwill, net                                                  3,523      7,385        7,296
Other assets                                                   2,006      2,439        3,407
                                                           ---------  ---------  -------------
    Total assets                                           $  47,579  $  83,407    $  80,888
                                                           ---------  ---------  -------------
                                                           ---------  ---------  -------------
 
                             LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
Current liabilities:
  Floor plan notes payable                                 $  18,964  $  39,088    $  36,177
  Current maturities of long-term debt                           655      1,525        1,543
  Accounts payable                                             1,571      4,846        4,796
  Due to affiliates                                            2,225      5,954        4,620
  Accrued expenses and other liabilities                       6,966      7,495        6,760
  Deferred income taxes                                        2,336      2,032        2,032
                                                           ---------  ---------  -------------
    Total current liabilities                                 32,717     60,940       55,928
                                                           ---------  ---------  -------------
Long-term debt                                                 7,150     11,859       11,131
Deferred warranty revenue - long-term portion                  2,671      3,507        4,350
                                                           ---------  ---------  -------------
    Total long-term liabilities                                9,821     15,366       15,481
                                                           ---------  ---------  -------------
Stockholders' equity:
  Preferred stock, $.01 par value, 10,000,000 shares
   authorized, none issued                                     -          -            -
  Common stock, $.01 par value, 100,000,000 shares
   authorized, 10,125,000 issued and outstanding at June
   30, 1996                                                    -          -              101
  Paid-in capital                                              1,064      1,064        2,312
  Retained earnings                                            3,977      6,037        7,066
                                                           ---------  ---------  -------------
    Total stockholders' equity                                 5,041      7,101        9,479
                                                           ---------  ---------  -------------
Commitments and contingencies (Notes 4, 15, 18 and 19)
                                                           ---------  ---------  -------------
    Total liabilities and stockholders' equity             $  47,579  $  83,407    $  80,888
                                                           ---------  ---------  -------------
                                                           ---------  ---------  -------------
</TABLE>
 
                     The accompanying notes are an integral
                      part of these financial statements.
 
                                      F-4
<PAGE>
                      CROSS-CONTINENT AUTO RETAILERS, INC.
 
             COMBINED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
                FOR THE THREE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995 AND
                         SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1996
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                         PREFERRED STOCK           COMMON STOCK
                                                     -----------------------  ----------------------    PAID-IN     RETAINED
                                                       SHARES       AMOUNT     SHARES      AMOUNT       CAPITAL     EARNINGS
                                                     -----------  ----------  ---------  -----------  -----------  -----------
<S>                                                  <C>          <C>         <C>        <C>          <C>          <C>
Balance at December 31, 1992                              -       $   -           -       $   -        $     764    $    (234)
Contributions by Control Group                                                                               300
Dividends paid                                                                                                            (86)
Net income                                                                                                              1,995
                                                          -----   ----------  ---------       -----   -----------  -----------
Balance at December 31, 1993                              -           -           -           -            1,064        1,675
Net income                                                                                                              2,382
Dividends paid                                                                                                            (80)
                                                          -----   ----------  ---------       -----   -----------  -----------
Balance at December 31, 1994                              -           -           -           -            1,064        3,977
Net income                                                                                                              2,195
Dividends paid                                                                                                           (135)
                                                          -----   ----------  ---------       -----   -----------  -----------
Balance at December 31, 1995                              -           -           -           -            1,064        6,037
Issuance of common stock pursuant to reorganization
 (unaudited)                                                                      9,821          98          (98)
Issuance of common stock pursuant to employment
 agreement (unaudited)                                                              304           3        1,346
Net income (unaudited)                                                                                                  1,029
                                                          -----   ----------  ---------       -----   -----------  -----------
Balance at June 30, 1996 (unaudited)                      -       $   -          10,125   $     101    $   2,312    $   7,066
                                                          -----   ----------  ---------       -----   -----------  -----------
                                                          -----   ----------  ---------       -----   -----------  -----------
 
<CAPTION>
 
                                                       TOTAL
                                                     ---------
<S>                                                  <C>
Balance at December 31, 1992                         $     530
Contributions by Control Group                             300
Dividends paid                                             (86)
Net income                                               1,995
                                                     ---------
Balance at December 31, 1993                             2,739
Net income                                               2,382
Dividends paid                                             (80)
                                                     ---------
Balance at December 31, 1994                             5,041
Net income                                               2,195
Dividends paid                                            (135)
                                                     ---------
Balance at December 31, 1995                             7,101
Issuance of common stock pursuant to reorganization
 (unaudited)                                             -
Issuance of common stock pursuant to employment
 agreement (unaudited)                                   1,349
Net income (unaudited)                                   1,029
                                                     ---------
Balance at June 30, 1996 (unaudited)                 $   9,479
                                                     ---------
                                                     ---------
</TABLE>
 
                     The accompanying notes are an integral
                      part of these financial statements.
 
                                      F-5
<PAGE>
                      CROSS-CONTINENT AUTO RETAILERS, INC.
 
                       COMBINED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                     SIX MONTHS ENDED
                                                      YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,            JUNE 30,
                                                  -------------------------------  --------------------
                                                    1993       1994       1995       1995       1996
                                                  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                                       (unaudited)
<S>                                               <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
Cash flows from operating activities:
  Net income                                      $   1,995  $   2,382  $   2,195  $   1,105  $   1,029
  Adjustments to reconcile net income to net
   cash provided (used) by operating activities:
    Depreciation and amortization                       992        934        951        471        549
    Proceeds from extended warranty sales             2,667      2,614      3,345      1,497      2,447
    Amortization of deferred warranty revenue        (1,089)    (1,648)    (2,136)      (956)    (1,396)
    Employee stock compensation                       -          -          -          -          1,099
    Deferred taxes and other                            367     (1,121)      (836)       282       (968)
  (Increase) decrease in:
    Accounts receivable                              (2,383)       (74)    (4,860)    (2,369)    (1,281)
    Inventory                                        (1,697)     1,052     (8,285)    (4,211)     5,315
  Increase (decrease) in:
    Accounts payable - trade                            458       (604)     3,275      2,558        (50)
    Accrued expenses and other liabilities            1,041      1,452        (68)        63       (944)
                                                  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
        Net cash provided (used) by operating
         activities                                   2,351      4,987     (6,419)    (1,560)     5,800
                                                  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Cash flows from investing activities:
  Acquisition of property and equipment                (739)    (1,813)    (1,485)       (37)      (565)
  Acquisition of minority interest                   (1,000)     -          -          -          -
  Acquisition of dealerships                          -          -           (302)     -          -
                                                  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
        Net cash used by investing activities        (1,739)    (1,813)    (1,787)       (37)      (565)
                                                  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Cash flows from financing activities:
  Change in floor plan notes payable                    800       (937)     9,381      3,467     (2,911)
  Due to affiliates                                     473      1,640      3,729      1,647     (1,334)
  Long-term debt repayments                            (584)    (1,277)    (1,408)      (404)      (710)
  Paid-in capital                                       300      -          -          -          -
  Proceeds from common stock issuance                 -          -          -          -            250
  Dividends paid                                        (86)       (80)      (135)     -          -
                                                  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
        Net cash provided (used) by financing
         activities                                     903       (654)    11,567      4,710     (4,705)
                                                  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents      1,515      2,520      3,361      3,113        530
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period        966      2,481      5,001      5,001      8,362
                                                  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period        $   2,481  $   5,001  $   8,362  $   8,114  $   8,892
                                                  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
                     The accompanying notes are an integral
                      part of these financial statements.
 
                                      F-6
<PAGE>
                      CROSS-CONTINENT AUTO RETAILERS, INC.
 
                     NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
NOTE 1 - GENERAL INFORMATION AND BASIS OF PRESENTATION
The  accompanying financial statements reflect the combined operations of Plains
Chevrolet, Inc.,  Midway  Chevrolet,  Inc., Westgate  Chevrolet,  Inc.,  Quality
Nissan,  Inc.,  Performance Nissan,  Inc., Performance  Dodge, Inc.  and Working
Man's Credit Plan,  Inc. During June  1996, the shareholders  of these  entities
exchanged  their  shares of  stock in  these companies  for 9,821,155  shares of
common stock  in  a newly  created  Delaware corporation,  Cross-Continent  Auto
Retailers, Inc., representing all of such corporation's outstanding common stock
prior  to  the  Offering. The  shareholders'  ownership interests  in  the newly
created company subsequent to the reorganization  and prior to the Offering  are
as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                           <C>
Gilliland Group Family Partnership ("GGFP")                        88.2%
Emmett M. Rice, Jr.                                                10.3%
Other                                                               1.5%
</TABLE>
 
All  of  the GGFP  partnership interests  are  owned and  controlled by  Bill A.
Gilliland, Chairman and CEO, Robert W. Hall, Senior Vice Chairman and son-in-law
to Bill Gilliland, and  Lori D'Atri, daughter of  Bill Gilliland. The  ownership
group described above is hereinafter referred to as the Control Group.
 
Prior  to the  exchange of stock,  Cross-Continent Auto Retailers,  Inc. did not
conduct business or have any assets and liabilities and, thus, has not  operated
as  a stand-alone company.  The term "Company,"  when used hereinafter, includes
Cross-Continent Auto Retailers, Inc., its subsidiaries and its predecessors.
 
The Company plans to sell 3,675,000 shares of common stock in an initial  public
offering   (the  "Offering").  The  Control  Group  will  remain  the  principal
stockholders of the Company immediately following the Offering.
 
The Company operates in one business segment - the retail sales of new and  used
automobiles   and  the  service   thereof.  The  Company   has  three  Chevrolet
dealerships, two Nissan dealerships and a Dodge dealership. The three  Chevrolet
dealerships  and  one  Nissan  dealership are  located  in  the  Amarillo, Texas
vicinity and the Dodge and other  Nissan dealership are located in the  Oklahoma
City, Oklahoma vicinity.
 
The  accompanying combined financial statements are  presented as if the Company
had existed as a corporation separate from the Control Group during the  periods
presented  and include the historical assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses
that are directly related to the Company's operations. All material intercompany
transactions have been eliminated. For  the periods presented, certain  expenses
reflected  in the financial  statements include allocations  of certain expenses
from GGFP. These allocations include expenses for general management, use of  an
airplane, treasury, legal and benefits administration, insurance, tax compliance
and other miscellaneous services. The allocation of expenses was generally based
upon  actual costs incurred  and such costs  were apportioned to  the Company on
various methods such as volume of sales, number of employees, profit and  actual
expense or time incurred as it related to the Company's business.
 
Financing  associated with working capital needs  and mortgage financing used to
purchase property  for  the dealership  operations  and their  related  interest
expense  have been historically recorded  on the Company's financial statements.
No other interest expense or income has  been allocated to the Company in  these
financial statements.
 
Management  believes that  the foregoing allocations  were made  on a reasonable
basis; however,  the  allocations  of  costs and  expenses  do  not  necessarily
indicate  the costs that would have been or will be incurred by the Company on a
stand-alone basis. Also,  the financial  information included  in the  financial
statements may
 
                                      F-7
<PAGE>
                      CROSS-CONTINENT AUTO RETAILERS, INC.
 
               NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
not  necessarily reflect the financial position,  results of operations and cash
flows of the Company in  the future or what  the financial position, results  of
operations  and cash flows would  have been if the  Company had been a separate,
stand-alone company during the periods presented. It is expected that after  the
Offering,  the Company will  incur additional corporate expenses  as a result of
being a public company and will no  longer remit management fees to the  Control
Group  (see Note 17). The pro forma adjustments described in the unaudited Notes
to Combined Pro Forma Financial Data  reflect the elimination of the  management
fee to GGFP as well as management's estimate of the additional costs the Company
would  have incurred  for the  year ended  December 31,  1995 and  the six-month
period ended June 30, 1996 as if the Offering and reorganization had occurred at
the beginning of those periods.
 
NOTE 2 - SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
UNAUDITED INTERIM PERIODS - The following notes, insofar as they are  applicable
to  June 30, 1996  and the six-month periods  ended June 30,  1995 and 1996, are
unaudited. These interim combined financial statements have been prepared on the
same basis as the annual financial statements included herewith. In the  opinion
of  management, all adjustments, consisting  only of ordinary recurring accruals
considered necessary to fairly  state the unaudited  financial position at  June
30,  1996 and  the unaudited results  of operations  and cash flows  for the six
months ended June  30, 1995 and  1996 have  been included. Results  for the  six
months  ended June 30, 1995  and 1996 are not  necessarily indicative of results
which may be expected for any other interim period or for any year as a whole.
 
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS - Cash and  cash equivalents include cash on hand  and
all  highly  liquid investments  with maturities  of three  months or  less when
purchased.
 
REVENUES - Revenues from vehicle and parts sales and from service operations are
recognized at the time the  vehicle is delivered to  the customer or service  is
completed.
 
FINANCE  FEES AND INSURANCE COMMISSIONS -  Finance fees represent revenue earned
by the Company for notes placed  with financial institutions in connection  with
customer   vehicle  financing.  Finance  fees  are  recognized  in  income  upon
acceptance  of  the  credit  by  the  financial  institution.  Insurance  income
represents  commissions earned on credit life, accident and disability insurance
sold  in  connection  with  the  vehicle  on  behalf  of  third-party  insurance
companies.   Insurance  commissions  are  recognized  in  income  upon  customer
acceptance of the insurance terms as evidenced by contract execution.
 
The Company is charged back for a  portion of these fees and commissions  should
the customer terminate the finance contract prior to its scheduled maturity. The
estimated allowance for these chargebacks ("chargeback allowance") is based upon
the  Company's historical experience for prepayments  or defaults on the finance
contracts. Finance  fees  and insurance  commissions,  net of  chargebacks,  are
classified  as other operating revenue in the accompanying combined statement of
operations.  See  Note  7  for  an  analysis  of  the  allowance  for  estimated
chargebacks.
 
INVENTORIES  - Vehicles are  stated at the  lower of cost  or market, cost being
determined on a specific identification basis. Parts are stated at the lower  of
cost or market, cost being determined on the first-in, first-out (FIFO) basis.
 
POSTRETIREMENT  BENEFITS  -  The  Company  has  no  material  postretirement  or
postemployment benefits as defined  in SFAS No.  106, EMPLOYERS' ACCOUNTING  FOR
POSTRETIREMENT  BENEFITS  OTHER  THAN  PENSIONS,  or  SFAS  No.  112, EMPLOYERS'
ACCOUNTING FOR POSTEMPLOYMENT BENEFITS.
 
                                      F-8
<PAGE>
                      CROSS-CONTINENT AUTO RETAILERS, INC.
 
               NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT - Property and equipment are stated at cost. Depreciation
is computed using  the straight-line  method over  the respective  lives of  the
assets. The ranges of estimated useful lives are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                     <C>
Buildings                                                   30 years
Furniture and equipment                                 3 to 7 years
                                                             7 to 15
Leasehold improvements                                         years
</TABLE>
 
When  depreciable assets are  sold or retired, the  related cost and accumulated
depreciation are removed from the accounts. Any gains or losses are included  in
selling,  general and  administrative expenses. Major  additions and betterments
are capitalized.  Maintenance and  repairs which  do not  materially improve  or
extend  the lives of the respective assets  are charged to operating expenses as
incurred.
 
GOODWILL AND OTHER  ASSETS - The  values assigned to  noncompete agreements  are
being  amortized on a  straight-line basis over their  contractual lives of five
years.  Values  assigned   to  noncompete  agreements   arising  from   business
combinations  are included as other assets  in the accompanying combined balance
sheet. At December 31, 1994 and 1995, the unamortized portion of such noncompete
agreements approximated $192,000 and  $92,000, respectively, net of  accumulated
amortization  of $608,000  and $708,000,  respectively. Goodwill  represents the
excess of the purchase price over the estimated fair value of the net assets  of
acquired businesses and is being amortized over a 40-year period. The cumulative
amount  of  goodwill amortization  at December  31,  1994 and  1995 approximated
$309,000 and $447,000, respectively.
 
IMPAIRMENT OF LONG-LIVED ASSETS -  In March 1995, the  FASB issued FAS No.  121,
ACCOUNTING  FOR THE IMPAIRMENT OF LONG-LIVED ASSETS AND FOR LONG-LIVED ASSETS TO
BE DISPOSED OF ("FAS 121"), which is effective for fiscal years beginning  after
December  15, 1995.  Effective December  31, 1995,  the Company  adopted FAS 121
which requires that long-lived assets  (i.e., property, plant and equipment  and
goodwill)  held and used by an entity be reviewed for impairment whenever events
or changes in circumstances indicate  that the net book  value of the asset  may
not  be recoverable.  An impairment loss  will be  recognized if the  sum of the
expected future cash flows  (undiscounted and before interest)  from the use  of
the asset is less than the net book value of the asset. Generally, the amount of
the  impairment loss is measured as the difference between the net book value of
the assets and the estimated fair value  of the related assets. The adoption  of
this  statement at December 31,  1995 had no impact  on the Company's results of
operations or its financial position.
 
ADVERTISING AND  PROMOTIONAL  COSTS  - Advertising  and  promotional  costs  are
expensed  as incurred  and are included  in selling,  general and administrative
expense in the accompanying combined statement of operations. Total  advertising
and  promotional expenses approximated $1,433,000,  $1,636,000 and $2,638,000 in
1993, 1994 and 1995, respectively.
 
EXTENDED WARRANTY CONTRACTS - The Company's dealerships offer extended  warranty
contracts  on  new and  used vehicles  sold.  These contracts  generally provide
extended coverage for periods  of one year  or 12,000 miles up  to six years  or
100,000  miles, whichever comes first. The Company  accounts for the sale of its
extended warranty contracts in accordance with FASB Technical Bulletin No. 90-1,
ACCOUNTING FOR  SEPARATELY  PRICED  EXTENDED WARRANTY  AND  PRODUCT  MAINTENANCE
CONTRACTS,  which  requires  that  revenues  from  sales  of  extended  warranty
contracts be recognized ratably over the lives of the contracts. Costs  directly
related  to sales  of extended  warranty contracts  are deferred  and charged to
expense proportionately as the revenues are recognized. A loss is recognized  on
extended  warranty  contracts if  the  sum of  the  expected costs  of providing
services under the contracts exceeds related unearned revenue. The Company  also
sells   extended  service  contracts  on  behalf  of  unrelated  third  parties.
Commission revenue for the unrelated  third-party extended service contracts  is
recognized  at the  time of  sale. Revenue  and commissions  recognized from the
 
                                      F-9
<PAGE>
                      CROSS-CONTINENT AUTO RETAILERS, INC.
 
               NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
sale of extended warranty  contracts are classified  as other operating  revenue
and  the related costs of parts  and service associated therewith are classified
as cost of sales in the accompanying combined statement of operations.
 
ACCOUNTING FOR STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION - In  October 1995, the FASB issued  FAS
No. 123, ACCOUNTING FOR STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION ("FAS 123"), which is effective
for  fiscal years beginning after December  15, 1995. Effective January 1, 1996,
the Company  will  adopt FAS  123  which establishes  financial  accounting  and
reporting   standards   for   stock-based  employee   compensation   plans.  The
pronouncement defines a fair  value based method of  accounting for an  employee
stock  option or similar equity instrument  and encourages all entities to adopt
that method of accounting  for all of their  employee stock option  compensation
plans.  However, it  also allows an  entity to continue  to measure compensation
cost for those  plans using the  intrinsic value based  method of accounting  as
prescribed  by Accounting Principles Board Opinion  No. 25, ACCOUNTING FOR STOCK
ISSUED TO EMPLOYEES ("APB 25"). Entities electing to remain with the  accounting
in  APB 25 must make pro forma disclosures  of net income and earnings per share
as if the  fair value based  method of accounting  defined in FAS  123 had  been
applied.  The Company will  account for stock-based  employee compensation plans
under the intrinsic method pursuant to APB  25 and will make the disclosures  in
its footnotes as required by FAS 123.
 
INCOME  TAXES  - Deferred  taxes are  provided on  the liability  method whereby
deferred tax  assets are  recognized for  deductible temporary  differences  and
operating  loss carryforwards  and deferred  tax liabilities  are recognized for
taxable temporary differences. Temporary differences are the differences between
the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and their tax bases. Deferred tax
assets are reduced by a valuation allowance when, in the opinion of  management,
it  is more likely than not that some  portion or all of the deferred tax assets
will not be realized. Deferred tax  assets and liabilities are adjusted for  the
effects  of  changes  in  tax laws  and  rates  on the  date  of  enactment. The
operations of  each of  the  dealerships have  historically filed  separate  tax
returns from the Control Group.
 
FAIR  VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS - The fair value of financial statements is
determined by reference to various  market data and other valuation  techniques,
as  appropriate.  Unless  otherwise  disclosed,  the  fair  value  of  financial
instruments approximates their recorded values  due primarily to the  short-term
nature of their maturities.
 
EARNINGS PER SHARE - Earnings per share data is not presented, as the historical
capital  structure  prior  to the  Offering  is  not comparable  to  the capital
structure that will exist after the Offering.
 
OTHER OPERATING REVENUE - Other operating revenue primarily consists of  finance
fees,  insurance commissions, sales for parts and service and revenue recognized
from the sale of extended warranty contracts.
 
PERVASIVENESS  OF  ESTIMATES  -  The  preparation  of  financial  statements  in
conformity  with generally accepted accounting principles requires management to
make estimates and assumptions  that affect the reported  amounts of assets  and
liabilities,  and related revenues and expenses, and disclosure of gain and loss
contingencies at  the date  of the  financial statements.  Actual results  could
differ from those estimates.
 
NOTE 3 - ACQUISITIONS
Effective  February  2,  1995,  the Company  acquired  Performance  Nissan, Inc.
(formerly Jim Glover Nissan, Inc.). Performance Nissan is engaged in the  retail
sales  of new and used  vehicles and in the  retail and wholesale of replacement
parts and  vehicle servicing.  The total  purchase price  of approximately  $1.4
million
 
                                      F-10
<PAGE>
                      CROSS-CONTINENT AUTO RETAILERS, INC.
 
               NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
was  funded originally by  bank debt and was  subsequently refinanced with GMAC.
The acquisition  has  been accounted  for  as a  purchase,  and the  results  of
Performance Nissan have been included in the accompanying combined statements of
operations  since the date of acquisition. The  cost of the acquisition has been
allocated on the basis of the estimated fair market value of the assets acquired
and the liabilities assumed.
 
A summary of the purchase price  allocation for Performance Nissan is  presented
below (in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                           <C>
Net working capital                                           $      76
Equipment                                                            61
Excess of cost over fair value of net assets acquired             1,300
                                                              ---------
    Total                                                     $   1,437
                                                              ---------
                                                              ---------
</TABLE>
 
Effective  December  4,  1995,  the  Company  acquired  Performance  Dodge, Inc.
(formerly Jim Glover Dodge,  Inc.). Performance Dodge is  engaged in the  retail
sales of new and used automobiles and in the retail and wholesale of replacement
parts  and vehicle  servicing. The  total purchase  price of  approximately $5.9
million was financed with debt proceeds of $3.7 million and a mortgage of  $1.85
million,  both  of which  were provided  by GMAC.  The remaining  purchase price
approximating  $302,000  was   provided  with  available   cash  from   existing
dealerships.  The  acquisition has  been accounted  for as  a purchase,  and the
results of Performance  Dodge have  been included in  the accompanying  combined
statements  of operations  since the  date of the  acquisition. The  cost of the
acquisition has been allocated on the  basis of the estimated fair market  value
of the assets acquired and the liabilities assumed.
 
A  summary of the  purchase price allocation for  Performance Dodge is presented
below (in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                           <C>
Net working capital                                           $   1,160
Property and equipment                                            1,992
Excess of cost over fair value of net assets acquired             2,700
                                                              ---------
    Total                                                     $   5,852
                                                              ---------
                                                              ---------
</TABLE>
 
The unaudited combined statement of operations data is presented below on a  pro
forma basis as though Performance Nissan and Performance Dodge had been acquired
as of the beginning of 1994 and 1995 (in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              1994        1995
                                                           ----------  ----------
<S>                                                        <C>         <C>
Sales and operating revenues                               $  287,849  $  298,312
                                                           ----------  ----------
                                                           ----------  ----------
Net income                                                 $    2,884  $    2,600
                                                           ----------  ----------
                                                           ----------  ----------
</TABLE>
 
The pro forma results of operations information is not necessarily indicative of
the  operating  results  that  would have  occurred  had  the  acquisitions been
consummated as of the beginning of each period, nor is it necessarily indicative
of future operations.
 
In March  1993, the  Company acquired  the remaining  40% minority  interest  in
Westgate  Chevrolet, Inc. for $1.0 million,  resulting in additional goodwill of
$773,000 which is being amortized over  40 years. Minority interest for the  two
months ended February 28, 1993 approximated $30,000.
 
NOTE 4 - MAJOR SUPPLIERS AND FRANCHISE AGREEMENTS
 
                                      F-11
<PAGE>
                      CROSS-CONTINENT AUTO RETAILERS, INC.
 
               NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
The  Company owns  and operates  three GM, two  Nissan and  one Dodge automobile
dealerships. The Company enters into  agreements ("Dealer Agreements") with  the
automakers  that supply new vehicles and parts to its dealerships. The Company's
overall sales could be impacted by  the automakers' ability or unwillingness  to
supply  the dealerships with an adequate supply of popular models. The Company's
existing GM Dealer Agreements have remaining terms of approximately five  years,
expiring  in 2000.  The Nissan  and Dodge  Dealership Agreements  have no stated
expiration date. Management currently believes that it will be able to renew all
the GM Dealer  Agreements upon expiration;  however, there can  be no  assurance
that the GM Dealer Agreements will be renewed.
 
The  Dealer  Agreements  generally  limit locations  of  dealerships  and retain
automaker approval rights  over changes in  dealership management and  ownership
greater  than 20%. The  Dealer Agreement with Dodge  stipulates that the Company
could lose its Dodge  dealership upon any change  in ownership of a  controlling
number  of shares in the  Company. Each automaker also  is entitled to terminate
the dealership agreement if the dealership  is in material breach of the  terms.
In  addition, under the June 1996 agreements  with GM, the Company has agreed to
comply with GM's Network  2000 Channel Strategy  ("Project 2000"). Project  2000
includes  a plan to eliminate  1,500 GM dealerships by  the year 2000, primarily
through dealership buybacks and approval by GM of interdealership  acquisitions,
and  encourages dealers to align GM divisions' brands as may be requested by GM.
The June  1996 agreements  require  that the  Company  bring any  GM  dealership
acquired  after the Offering  into compliance with the  Project 2000 plan within
one year of the acquisition. Failure  to achieve such compliance will result  in
termination  of the  Dealer Agreement  and a  buyback of  the related dealership
assets by GM. The Company believes that this aspect of the June 1996  agreements
does not present a significant risk to its business or future operating results.
Additionally,  Nissan has the right to terminate the Company's Nissan franchises
if, without Nissan's prior approval,  Mr. Gilliland's ownership of common  stock
decreases  below 20% of  the total number  of shares of  common stock issued and
outstanding or Mr.  Gilliland ceases to  be the Chief  Executive Officer of  the
Company.
 
The  Company's ability to  expand operations depends, in  part, on obtaining the
consent of  the automakers  to the  acquisition or  establishment of  additional
dealerships.
 
NOTE 5 - ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE
Contracts  in transit  and vehicle  receivables primarily  represent receivables
from financial  institutions  such as  GMAC,  Chrysler Credit  Corporation,  and
regional  banks  which provide  funding  for customer  vehicle  financing. These
receivables are normally  collected in  less than  30 days  of the  sale of  the
vehicle.  Trade receivables primarily relate to  the sale of parts to commercial
customers and finance fees representing amounts due from financial  institutions
earned  from arranging financing with the  Company's customers. Amounts due from
automakers represent  receivables  for  parts  and  service  work  performed  on
vehicles  pursuant  to  the  automakers'  warranty  coverage.  Receivables  from
automakers also  include amounts  due  from automakers  in connection  with  the
purchase  of vehicles  ("holdback") pursuant  to the  dealership agreement; such
amounts are generally remitted to the Company on a quarterly basis.
 
                                      F-12
<PAGE>
                      CROSS-CONTINENT AUTO RETAILERS, INC.
 
               NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
The accounts receivable balances at December 31, 1994 and 1995 are comprised  of
the following (in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                            1994       1995
                                                                          ---------  ---------
<S>                                                                       <C>        <C>
Contracts in transit and vehicle receivables                              $   2,099  $   4,837
Trade                                                                         1,345      2,596
Due from automakers                                                           1,085      1,923
Other                                                                           129        162
                                                                          ---------  ---------
                                                                              4,658      9,518
Less: allowance for doubtful accounts                                          (135)      (135)
                                                                          ---------  ---------
    Total accounts receivable                                             $   4,523  $   9,383
                                                                          ---------  ---------
                                                                          ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
NOTE 6 - CONCENTRATIONS OF CREDIT RISK
Financial instruments, which potentially subject the Company to concentration of
credit  risk,  consist principally  of cash  and  cash equivalents  and accounts
receivable. The Company invests  a substantial portion of  its excess cash  with
GMAC  and, to  a lesser extent,  with financial institutions  with strong credit
ratings. Cash invested with GMAC can be  withdrawn at any time. At December  31,
1995,   amounts  invested  approximated  $7,705,000,   with  the  interest  rate
approximating 8.5%. At times, amounts  invested with financial institutions  may
be  in excess of FDIC insurance limits. As of December 31, 1995, the Company has
not experienced any losses on its cash equivalents.
 
Concentrations of credit risk with  respect to customer receivables are  limited
primarily  to automakers  and financial institutions  such as  GMAC and regional
banks. Credit risk arising from receivables from commercial customers is minimal
due to the  large number of  customers comprising the  Company's customer  base.
However,  they are concentrated in  the Company's two market  areas in the Texas
Panhandle and central Oklahoma.
 
NOTE 7 - PROVISION FOR FINANCE FEES AND INSURANCE COMMISSION CHARGEBACKS
Presented below is the  change in the allowance  for estimated finance fees  and
insurance commission chargebacks for the years ended December 31, 1993, 1994 and
1995 (in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              1993       1994       1995
                                                            ---------  ---------  ---------
<S>                                                         <C>        <C>        <C>
Balance at January 1                                        $   1,131  $   1,523  $   1,595
Provision                                                       1,292      1,252      1,917
Actual chargebacks                                               (900)    (1,180)    (1,456)
                                                            ---------  ---------  ---------
Ending allowance balance at December 31                     $   1,523  $   1,595  $   2,056
                                                            ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                            ---------  ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-13
<PAGE>
                      CROSS-CONTINENT AUTO RETAILERS, INC.
 
               NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
NOTE 8 - INCOME TAX MATTERS
Components of income tax expense consist of the following (in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                              -------------------------------
                                                                1993       1994       1995
                                                              ---------  ---------  ---------
<S>                                                           <C>        <C>        <C>
Paid or payable on currently taxable income:
  Federal                                                     $     941  $   1,160  $   1,910
  State                                                             135        178        265
Net increase (decrease) due to deferred income taxes                 97         13       (865)
                                                              ---------  ---------  ---------
    Total income tax expense                                  $   1,173  $   1,351  $   1,310
                                                              ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                              ---------  ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
Income  tax expense  for the  years ended  December 31,  1993, 1994  and 1995 is
different than the amount computed by applying the U.S. federal income tax  rate
to  income before income taxes. The reasons for these differences are as follows
(in thousands except percentages):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                1993       1994       1995
                                                              ---------  ---------  ---------
<S>                                                           <C>        <C>        <C>
Income before income taxes                                    $   3,168  $   3,733  $   3,505
Statutory tax rate                                                  34%        34%        34%
                                                              ---------  ---------  ---------
Federal income tax at statutory rate                              1,077      1,269      1,192
State income tax, net of federal benefit                             91        103         97
Other                                                                 5        (21)        21
                                                              ---------  ---------  ---------
Total income tax expense                                      $   1,173  $   1,351  $   1,310
                                                              ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                              ---------  ---------  ---------
Effective tax rate                                                37.0%      36.2%      37.4%
                                                              ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                              ---------  ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
Net deferred tax liabilities consist of the following components as of  December
31, 1994 and 1995 (in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                          1994       1995
                                                                        ---------  ---------
<S>                                                                     <C>        <C>
Deferred tax liabilities:
  Goodwill amortization                                                 $    (514) $    (500)
  Inventory                                                                (3,723)    (3,990)
  Other                                                                    --            (37)
                                                                        ---------  ---------
                                                                           (4,237)    (4,527)
                                                                        ---------  ---------
Deferred tax assets:
  Accrued compensation                                                     --            401
  Deferred warranty revenue                                                 1,624      2,069
  Chargeback allowance                                                        588        761
  Net operating loss carryforward                                             141        244
  Other                                                                        63         96
                                                                        ---------  ---------
                                                                            2,416      3,571
                                                                        ---------  ---------
    Net deferred tax liability                                          $  (1,821) $    (956)
                                                                        ---------  ---------
                                                                        ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-14
<PAGE>
                      CROSS-CONTINENT AUTO RETAILERS, INC.
 
               NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
As  of  December 31,  1995,  the Company  has  net operating  loss carryforwards
totaling $677,000, which expire in  2004 through 2010. Management believes  that
it  is more  likely than  not that the  Company will  utilize all  of these loss
carryforwards; accordingly, no valuation allowance has been provided.
 
The Company is  changing its tax  basis method of  valuing inventories from  the
LIFO method to the FIFO and specific identification methods in 1996. The balance
of  the LIFO  reserve as  of December  31, 1995  will be  amortized into taxable
income over  a  three to  six  year  period, thereby  increasing  current  taxes
payable. This amortization will create a corresponding reduction in the deferred
tax  liability related to inventory and  will not impact the Company's effective
tax rate.
 
NOTE 9 - INVENTORIES
The inventory balances are comprised of the following (in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                           DECEMBER 31,
                                                       --------------------
                                                         1994       1995
                                                       ---------  ---------  JUNE 30, 1996
                                                                             -------------
                                                                              (unaudited)
<S>                                                    <C>        <C>        <C>
Inventories at cost:
  New vehicles and demonstrators                       $  15,887  $  32,502    $  27,112
  Used vehicles                                            6,067      9,316        9,390
  Parts and accessories                                    1,289      1,913        1,914
                                                       ---------  ---------  -------------
    Total inventory                                    $  23,243  $  43,731    $  38,416
                                                       ---------  ---------  -------------
                                                       ---------  ---------  -------------
</TABLE>
 
NOTE 10 - DEBT
Notes payable and long-term debt (in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                  1994        1995
                                                                               ----------  ----------
<S>                                                                            <C>         <C>
Floor plan notes payable to GMAC with interest at prime, collateralized by
  vehicle inventory. The prime interest rate at December 31, 1994 and 1995
  was 8.50%.                                                                   $   18,964  $   39,088
Mortgage loans at prime rate, maturing in 2000 and 2002, monthly principal
  payments aggregating $45,500 plus interest inclusive of principal and
  interest, collateralized by related property.                                     6,727       8,154
Notes payable to GMAC with interest at prime, collateralized by property and
  inventory, quarterly principal payments aggregating $255,000 with interest
  and maturing from 1996 through 2002.                                              1,078       5,230
Due to affiliates on demand, with an average rate of 8.50% at December 31,
  1994 and 1995.                                                                    2,225       5,954
                                                                               ----------  ----------
                                                                                   28,994      58,426
Debt payable within one year:
  Floor plan notes payable                                                        (18,964)    (39,088)
  Due to affiliates                                                                (2,225)     (5,954)
  Current maturities and notes payable                                               (655)     (1,525)
                                                                               ----------  ----------
    Total long-term debt                                                       $    7,150  $   11,859
                                                                               ----------  ----------
                                                                               ----------  ----------
</TABLE>
 
Substantially all  the  Company's  debt is  unconditionally  guaranteed  by  the
Control Group.
 
                                      F-15
<PAGE>
                      CROSS-CONTINENT AUTO RETAILERS, INC.
 
               NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
Maturities  of long-term debt for the five years subsequent to December 31, 1995
are as follows (in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                           <C>
1996........................................................  $   1,525
1997........................................................      1,345
1998........................................................      1,345
1999........................................................      1,345
2000........................................................      1,592
2001 and thereafter.........................................      6,232
</TABLE>
 
Management believes  that  the  fair  value  of  the  Company's  long-term  debt
approximates  its recorded  value based  on the  floating nature  of the related
interest rates.
 
NOTE 11 - ACCRUED EXPENSES AND OTHER LIABILITIES (IN THOUSANDS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                              DECEMBER 31,
                                                                          --------------------
                                                                            1994       1995
                                                                          ---------  ---------
<S>                                                                       <C>        <C>
Payroll and bonuses                                                       $   2,150  $   1,787
Deferred warranty revenue - current portion                                   1,736      2,109
Chargeback allowance                                                          1,595      2,056
Other                                                                         1,485      1,543
                                                                          ---------  ---------
                                                                          $   6,966  $   7,495
                                                                          ---------  ---------
                                                                          ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
NOTE 12 - PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT (IN THOUSANDS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                            DECEMBER 31,
                                                                        --------------------
                                                                          1994       1995
                                                                        ---------  ---------
<S>                                                                     <C>        <C>
Land                                                                    $   1,673  $   1,858
Buildings                                                                   7,390     10,041
Furniture, fixtures and equipment                                           4,288      4,830
                                                                        ---------  ---------
                                                                           13,351     16,729
Less: accumulated depreciation                                             (4,068)    (4,622)
                                                                        ---------  ---------
                                                                        $   9,283  $  12,107
                                                                        ---------  ---------
                                                                        ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
NOTE 13 - EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS
The  Company's  defined  contribution  plan,  available  to  substantially   all
employees,  permits eligible participants to contribute  from 1% to 15% of their
annual compensation. The Company may make voluntary contributions to the plan as
well. The Company has not made any contributions to the plan for the three years
ended December 31, 1995.
 
                                      F-16
<PAGE>
                      CROSS-CONTINENT AUTO RETAILERS, INC.
 
               NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
The Company currently  anticipates implementing the  following employee  benefit
plans upon completion of the Offering:
 
The  Company  expects  to implement  its  1996  Stock Option  Plan  (the "Plan")
immediately prior  to  completion  of  the  Offering.  The  Company  anticipates
granting options to purchase 7,692 shares of common stock to a certain executive
officer  immediately prior  to the  Offering exercisable  at the  initial public
offering price. The Plan requires that the per share exercise price of incentive
stock options granted must equal at least 100% of the fair market value at  date
of  grant or 110%  in the case  of incentive stock  options granted to employees
owning more than  10% of the  outstanding common stock.  The Company intends  to
reserve  1,380,000 authorized but  unissued shares of  common stock for issuance
under the Plan.
 
The Company  may  grant  shares  of  restricted  stock,  which  are  subject  to
forfeiture  to the Company,  under such conditions  and for such  period of time
(not less  than  one year)  as  the Company  may  determine. The  conditions  or
restrictions  of  any  restricted  stock  awards  may  include  restrictions  on
transferability, requirements of continued employment, individual performance or
the Company's financial performance.
 
NOTE 14 - STOCKHOLDERS' RIGHTS AGREEMENT
Immediately prior  to  the completion  of  the Offering,  the  Company's  Rights
Agreement  (the "Rights  Agreement") will  take effect.  Pursuant to  the Rights
Agreement, each shareholder  of the Company  will be issued  one right for  each
share  of common stock owned. Until a right is exercised, the holder thereof, as
such, will have no rights  as a stockholder of  the Company. Each right  becomes
exercisable upon certain events involving the acquisition of or stated intention
by an entity to acquire 19.9% of the Company's common stock. Upon the occurrence
of such an event, each right entitles its holder to purchase common stock of the
Company  or, in certain circumstances,  of the acquiror, worth  twice as much as
the exercise price. The Company may, at the discretion of the Board of Directors
lower this threshold of 19.9%  to 10% of the  common stock then outstanding.  If
the  Company is unable to issue a sufficient number of shares of common stock to
permit the exercise in full of the rights for common stock, it will issue shares
of junior preferred  stock upon  exercise of  the rights.  The junior  preferred
stock  is non-redeemable and junior to any other preferred stock of the Company.
The provisions of the junior preferred  stock are designed to provide that  each
one one-hundredth of a share of junior preferred stock issuable upon exercise of
a right approximates the value of one share of common stock. Each whole share of
junior  preferred stock will  accrue a quarterly  dividend of $1  and a dividend
equal to 100 times any  dividend paid on the  common stock. Upon liquidation  of
the  Company, each whole share of junior preferred stock will have a liquidation
preference of $100  plus an amount  equal to 100  times the amount  paid on  any
shares  of common stock. Each  share of junior preferred  stock will entitle its
holder to 100 votes  on matters submitted to  the Company's stockholders,  which
votes will be cast with the votes of the holders of common stock. If the Company
were  merged, consolidated or  involved in a similar  transaction, each share of
junior preferred stock would entitle its holder to receive 100 times the  amount
received by holders of common stock in the merger or similar transaction.
 
NOTE 15 - COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
The  Company is a party to various  legal actions arising in the ordinary course
of its business. The  liability, if any, associated  with these matters was  not
determinable  at December 31,  1995. While it  is not feasible  to determine the
outcome of these actions, the Company's information, including discussions  with
legal  counsel, at this  time does not  indicate that these  matters will have a
material adverse effect upon financial condition, results of operations or  cash
flows.
 
                                      F-17
<PAGE>
                      CROSS-CONTINENT AUTO RETAILERS, INC.
 
               NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
The  Company is  also subject  to federal  and state  environmental regulations,
including rules relating to air and water pollution and the storage and disposal
of  gasoline,  oil,  other  chemicals  and  waste.  Local,  state  and   federal
regulations  also affect automobile dealerships' advertising, sales, service and
financing activities. The Company believes that it complies with all  applicable
laws relating to its business.
 
The   Company   has  certain   financial  guarantees   outstanding  representing
conditional commitments  issued  by the  Company  to guarantee  the  payment  of
certain   customers'  loans.   These  financial   guarantees  have  historically
represented an  immaterial portion  of  its sales.  The Company's  exposure  for
financial  guarantees is less  than the customer's  full contractual obligations
outstanding  under  such  financial  guarantees  which  at  December  31,   1995
approximated  $14.4 million. No material loss is anticipated as a result of such
guarantees.
 
Pursuant to an agreement  dated April 1,  1996 between Mr.  Ezra P. Mager,  Vice
Chairman  and Director, and GGFP, Mr. Mager  has agreed to purchase 3% (equal to
303,750 shares) of the common stock of the Company on a fully diluted basis  for
$250,000.  Additionally, pursuant  to such  agreement, upon  the closing  of the
Offering the Company is obligated to grant  to Mr. Mager options to purchase  1%
(approximately  138,000  shares inclusive  of  the 7,692  shares  issuable under
grants as described in Note 13) of the shares of common stock that will then  be
outstanding,  on a  fully diluted  basis, with  an exercise  price equal  to the
initial public offering price. The option  becomes exercisable 90 days from  the
date  of grant. In the second quarter of 1996, the Company recorded compensation
expense of $1,099,000,  which represents  the difference  between the  estimated
fair  value, as of April 1, 1996, of the common stock purchased ($1,349,000) and
the cash consideration paid.
 
NOTE 16 - SUPPLEMENTAL CASH FLOW INFORMATION (IN THOUSANDS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       DECEMBER 31,
                                                              -------------------------------
                                                                1993       1994       1995
                                                              ---------  ---------  ---------
<S>                                                           <C>        <C>        <C>
Interest paid                                                 $   2,104  $   2,398  $   3,697
Income taxes paid                                             $     658  $   2,034  $   1,707
</TABLE>
 
Additionally, the Company acquired  two dealerships during  1995, both of  which
were financed primarily with debt (see Note 3).
 
NOTE 17 - RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
The  Company receives  services provided  by GGFP  which include  treasury, risk
management,  tax  compliance,   employee  benefits   administration  and   other
miscellaneous  services.  The costs  associated  with these  services  have been
allocated to the Company as  described in Note 1.  During fiscal 1993, 1994  and
1995,  allocated  expenses  from  GGFP  to  the  Company  approximated $419,000,
$508,000 and $1,090,000,  respectively. During  the unaudited  six months  ended
June  30, 1995 and 1996, allocated expenses to the Company approximated $422,000
and $615,000, respectively. These allocations are classified as selling, general
and administrative expense in the accompanying combined statement of operations.
 
In connection with its business  travel, the Company from  time to time uses  an
airplane  that is  owned and operated  by Plains  Air, Inc. Plains  Air, Inc. is
owned by  Bill  A.  Gilliland and  Robert  W.  Hall, Chairman  and  Senior  Vice
Chairman, respectively. Currently, the Company pays Plains Air, Inc. $13,050 per
month plus a
 
                                      F-18
<PAGE>
                      CROSS-CONTINENT AUTO RETAILERS, INC.
 
               NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
fee  of approximately $488 per  hour for use of  the airplane. During 1993, 1994
and 1995 the Company  paid Plains Air, Inc.  an aggregate of $131,000,  $154,000
and  $199,000, and $98,000 and $120,000 for  the unaudited six months ended June
30, 1995 and 1996, respectively, for the use of the airplane.
 
In addition to the above corporate allocations, the Company has paid the Control
Group a management fee for executive management services. This fee was generally
based upon the  profits earned and  the level of  executive management  services
rendered.  These  fees are  shown  separately on  the  face of  the accompanying
statement of operations.  Commencing in  1996, the  Company will  no longer  pay
management  fees  to  the Control  Group.  Effective  July 1,  1996,  the senior
management  group  consisting  of  the  Chairman,  Senior  Vice  Chairman,  Vice
Chairman,  and Senior Vice  President and Chief  Operating Officer, will receive
annual base salaries approximating $1,020,000,  may receive restricted stock  if
certain  performance objectives  are met  and may  also receive  grants of stock
options. In conjunction with the Reorganization,  the Company has agreed to  pay
one  of its executive officers a bonus of $600,000. This bonus has been expensed
in the first six months ended June 30, 1996.
 
In general, the Company is required to  pay for all vehicles purchased from  the
automakers upon delivery of the vehicles to the Company. GMAC provides financing
for  all new vehicles  and used vehicles that  are less than  five years old and
have been driven  less than 70,000  miles. This  type of financing  is known  as
"floor  plan financing"  or "flooring."  Under this  arrangement with  GMAC, the
Company may deposit funds with GMAC in an amount up to 75% of the amount of  the
floor  plan financing. Such funds earn interest at the same rate charged by GMAC
to the Company for its flooring. From time to time, the Control Group and  other
affiliates  will  advance funds  to  the Company  primarily  for the  purpose of
investing their excess cash with GMAC. The Company acts only as an  intermediary
in  this process.  At December  31, 1994 and  1995 and  at June  30, 1996, funds
advanced and outstanding from affiliates approximated $1,323,000, $2,895,000 and
$4,153,000 (unaudited), respectively. Aggregate amounts outstanding pursuant  to
these  arrangements  at December  31, 1994  and 1995  and at  June 30,  1996 are
included in Due to Affiliates in  the accompanying balance sheet. The amount  of
interest  accrued pursuant to these arrangements during 1993, 1994, 1995 and for
the unaudited six  months ended  June 30,  1995 and  1996 approximated  $10,000,
$122,000, $226,000, $129,000 and $191,000, respectively.
 
During  1994, GGFP advanced the Company $1.05  million to fund the relocation of
one of  its  dealerships. During  1995,  GGFP advanced  funds  aggregating  $2.6
million  to the Company for working capital purposes at the dealerships acquired
in 1995.  At December  31,  1994 and  1995  and at  June  30, 1996,  the  amount
outstanding  pursuant to these  advances approximated $.9  million, $3.1 million
and $.5 million (unaudited), respectively.
 
GGFP was the contracting  agent for the construction  of certain facilities  for
the  Company during 1995. The total cost of the facilities approximated $570,000
which included approximately $52,000  as payment to  GGFP for architectural  and
construction management fees.
 
The  Company  leases its  corporate offices  from GGFP  under a  five-year lease
extending through June 2001 for an annual rent of approximately $64,800.
 
GGFP also  subleases to  the Company  the  real estate  on which  the  Company's
Performance  Nissan dealership  is located.  Annual rent  under the  sublease is
$228,000, which is the same amount payable by GGFP under the principal lease for
the property.
 
                                      F-19
<PAGE>
                      CROSS-CONTINENT AUTO RETAILERS, INC.
 
               NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
NOTE 18 - LEASES
The Company leases, under  operating leases, certain of  the land and  buildings
relating  to  certain of  its dealerships  and  certain computer  equipment. The
property leases expire  in 1998 through  2002 and have  renewal options  ranging
from  5 to 7 years. The Company has  an option to purchase the property on which
Performance Nissan, Inc. operates  for $2.2 million upon  the expiration of  the
lease  in 2002. Additionally, the Company has an option to purchase a portion of
the property on which Quality Nissan, Inc. operates for $400,000 upon expiration
of that  lease  in 1998.  The  total rent  expense  under all  operating  leases
approximated $301,000 in 1995.
 
The aggregate minimum rental commitments for all noncancellable operating leases
are as follows (in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                           <C>
Fiscal year:
  1996......................................................  $     385
  1997......................................................        385
  1998......................................................        385
  1999......................................................        385
  2000......................................................        279
  Thereafter................................................        209
                                                              ---------
                                                              $   2,028
                                                              ---------
                                                              ---------
</TABLE>
 
NOTE 19 - SUBSEQUENT EVENT
Effective  June 17, 1996, the Company executed  a purchase and sale agreement in
which it has agreed  to purchase Lynn  Hickey Dodge, Inc.  in Oklahoma City  for
cash   consideration  of  approximately  $13.1  million  for  fixed  assets  and
intangible assets, plus an estimated  $750,000 for parts inventory. The  Company
currently  intends to use proceeds from the Offering to fund the purchase price.
In addition, the Company will acquire the new vehicle inventory at cost and  may
acquire  the used vehicle inventory at a  negotiated value, which will be funded
by floor plan financing. The purchase is subject to customary closing conditions
as well as the Company's successful completion of the Offering and upon approval
of the  change  in  ownership  by  Dodge.  The  dealership's  revenue  for  1995
approximated  $122.2 million. The Company will account for this acquisition as a
purchase and consolidate its results of operations from the date of consummation
of the purchase.
 
                                      F-20
<PAGE>
                       REPORT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS
 
To the Board of Directors of
Cross-Continent Auto Retailers, Inc.
 
In  our opinion, the  accompanying balance sheets and  the related statements of
operations, of changes in stockholders' equity and of cash flows present fairly,
in all material respects,  the financial position of  Jim Glover Dodge, Inc.  at
November  30, 1994 and 1995  and the results of  their operations and their cash
flows for the years then ended in conformity with generally accepted  accounting
principles.  These financial statements are  the responsibility of management of
Jim Glover Dodge,  Inc.; our responsibility  is to express  an opinion on  these
financial  statements  based on  our audits.  We conducted  our audits  of these
statements in  accordance  with  generally  accepted  auditing  standards  which
require  that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about
whether the financial  statements are  free of material  misstatement. An  audit
includes  examining,  on  a  test basis,  evidence  supporting  the  amounts and
disclosures in  the financial  statements, assessing  the accounting  principles
used  and significant estimates  made by management,  and evaluating the overall
financial  statement  presentation.  We  believe  that  our  audits  provide   a
reasonable basis for the opinion expressed above.
 
PRICE WATERHOUSE LLP
 
Fort Worth, Texas
June 4, 1996
 
                                      F-21
<PAGE>
                             JIM GLOVER DODGE, INC.
 
                            STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
 
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                          YEAR ENDED NOVEMBER
                                                                                                  30,
                                                                                          --------------------
                                                                                            1994       1995
                                                                                          ---------  ---------
<S>                                                                                       <C>        <C>
Revenues:
  Vehicle sales                                                                           $  56,719  $  55,498
  Other operating revenue                                                                     8,178      8,419
                                                                                          ---------  ---------
    Total revenues                                                                           64,897     63,917
                                                                                          ---------  ---------
Cost of sales and expenses:
  Cost of sales                                                                              56,867     55,370
  Selling, general and administrative                                                         6,272      7,268
  Interest expense                                                                              270        367
                                                                                          ---------  ---------
                                                                                             63,409     63,005
                                                                                          ---------  ---------
    Net income                                                                            $   1,488  $     912
                                                                                          ---------  ---------
                                                                                          ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
                     The accompanying notes are an integral
                      part of these financial statements.
 
                                      F-22
<PAGE>
                             JIM GLOVER DODGE, INC.
 
                                 BALANCE SHEETS
 
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
 
                                     ASSETS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                            NOVEMBER 30,
                                                                                        --------------------
                                                                                          1994       1995
                                                                                        ---------  ---------
<S>                                                                                     <C>        <C>
Current assets:
  Cash                                                                                  $       4  $     632
  Accounts receivable                                                                       2,653      2,267
  Inventories                                                                               9,348      7,475
                                                                                        ---------  ---------
    Total current assets                                                                   12,005     10,374
Property and equipment, net of accumulated depreciation of $121,000 and $164,000,
 respectively                                                                                  91        130
                                                                                        ---------  ---------
                                                                                        $  12,096  $  10,504
                                                                                        ---------  ---------
                                                                                        ---------  ---------
 
                                    LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
Current liabilities:
  Floor plan notes payable                                                              $   8,240  $   6,688
  Accounts payable and accrued expenses                                                       696        292
  Due to affiliates                                                                         -            552
                                                                                        ---------  ---------
    Total current liabilities                                                               8,936      7,532
                                                                                        ---------  ---------
Stockholders' equity:
  Common stock, $1 par value - 250,000 shares authorized and outstanding                      250        250
  Retained earnings                                                                         2,910      2,722
                                                                                        ---------  ---------
                                                                                            3,160      2,972
                                                                                        ---------  ---------
Commitments and contingencies (Notes 6, 7 and 8)
    Total liabilities and stockholders' equity                                          $  12,096  $  10,504
                                                                                        ---------  ---------
                                                                                        ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
                     The accompanying notes are an integral
                      part of these financial statements.
 
                                      F-23
<PAGE>
                             JIM GLOVER DODGE, INC.
 
                  STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
                   FOR THE TWO YEARS ENDED NOVEMBER 30, 1995
 
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                    COMMON      RETAINED
                                                                                     STOCK      EARNINGS      TOTAL
                                                                                  -----------  -----------  ---------
<S>                                                                               <C>          <C>          <C>
Balance at November 30, 1993                                                       $     250    $   1,902   $   2,152
Net income                                                                             -            1,488       1,488
Distributions to stockholders                                                          -             (480)       (480)
                                                                                       -----   -----------  ---------
Balance at November 30, 1994                                                             250        2,910       3,160
Net income                                                                             -              912         912
Distributions to stockholders                                                          -           (1,100)     (1,100)
                                                                                       -----   -----------  ---------
Balance at November 30, 1995                                                       $     250    $   2,722   $   2,972
                                                                                       -----   -----------  ---------
                                                                                       -----   -----------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
                     The accompanying notes are an integral
                      part of these financial statements.
 
                                      F-24
<PAGE>
                             JIM GLOVER DODGE, INC.
 
                            STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
 
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                            YEAR ENDED NOVEMBER
                                                                                                    30,
                                                                                            --------------------
                                                                                              1994       1995
                                                                                            ---------  ---------
<S>                                                                                         <C>        <C>
Cash flows from operating activities:
  Net income                                                                                $   1,488  $     912
  Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
    Depreciation                                                                                   22         24
  (Increase) decrease in:
    Accounts receivable                                                                          (300)       385
    Inventory                                                                                    (149)     1,872
  Increase (decrease) in:
    Accounts payable and accrued expenses                                                        (617)      (404)
                                                                                            ---------  ---------
      Net cash provided by operating activities                                                   444      2,789
                                                                                            ---------  ---------
Cash flows from investing activities:
  Investment of property and equipment                                                            (34)       (62)
                                                                                            ---------  ---------
Cash flows from financing activities:
  Change in floor plan notes payable                                                              113     (1,551)
  Advance from affiliates                                                                         (44)       552
  Distributions to stockholders                                                                  (480)    (1,100)
                                                                                            ---------  ---------
      Net cash used by financing activities                                                      (411)    (2,099)
                                                                                            ---------  ---------
Increase (decrease) in cash                                                                        (1)       628
Cash at beginning of period                                                                         5          4
                                                                                            ---------  ---------
Cash at end of period                                                                       $       4  $     632
                                                                                            ---------  ---------
                                                                                            ---------  ---------
 
Cash paid for interest                                                                      $     274  $     305
                                                                                            ---------  ---------
                                                                                            ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
                     The accompanying notes are an integral
                      part of these financial statements.
 
                                      F-25
<PAGE>
                             JIM GLOVER DODGE, INC.
 
                         NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
NOTE 1 - SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
BUSINESS OPERATIONS - Jim Glover Dodge, Inc.'s ("Jim Glover") principal business
is  the  retail sales  of new  Dodge automobiles  obtained through  an exclusive
dealer agreement with the  manufacturer/distributor and the  sale of used  cars.
Jim  Glover operates in the Oklahoma City  area. In addition, Jim Glover retails
and wholesales replacement parts and provides vehicle servicing.
 
MAJOR SUPPLIER AND DEALER AGREEMENT - Jim Glover purchases substantially all  of
its  new vehicles and parts  inventory from Chrysler Motor  Company, Inc. at the
prevailing prices  charged by  the  automobile manufacturer/distributor  to  all
franchised dealers.
 
Jim  Glover's  overall sales  could be  impacted by  the automaker's  ability or
unwillingness to  supply  the dealership  with  an adequate  supply  of  popular
models.  Management currently believes that it will  be able to renew the Dealer
Agreement upon expiration. However,  there can be no  assurance that the  Dealer
Agreement will be renewed.
 
The Dealer Agreement generally limits the location of the dealership and retains
automaker approval rights over changes in dealership management and ownership.
 
CONCENTRATION  OF CREDIT RISK  - Financial instruments  that potentially subject
Jim Glover  to  concentrations  of  credit  risk  consist  principally  of  cash
deposits. Jim Glover generally limits its exposure to credit risks from balances
on  deposit  in  financial institutions  in  excess of  the  FDIC-insured limit.
However, at  November  30,  1995,  cash in  excess  of  the  FDIC-insured  limit
approximated $532,000.
 
REVENUE  RECOGNITION -  Revenues from vehicle  and parts sales  and from service
operations are recognized at the time  the vehicle is delivered to the  customer
or service is completed.
 
ACCOUNTS  RECEIVABLE  -  An  allowance for  doubtful  accounts  is  provided for
accounts that are deemed to be uncollectible.
 
INVENTORIES - Vehicles are  stated at the  lower of cost  or market, cost  being
determined  on a specific identification basis. Parts are stated at the lower of
cost or market, cost being determined on the first-in, first-out (FIFO) basis.
 
PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT - Property and equipment are stated at cost. Depreciation
is computed using  the straight-line  method over  the respective  lives of  the
assets.
 
RECOGNITION  OF FINANCE  FEES AND  INSURANCE COMMISSIONS  - Jim  Glover arranges
financing for  its  customers' vehicle  purchases  and insurance  in  connection
therewith.  Financing contracts are reviewed by the dealership and are forwarded
to Chrysler  Financial  Corp.  and  other  financial  institutions.  Jim  Glover
receives  a fee from  the financial institution for  arranging the financing and
receives a commission for the sale of an insurance policy. Jim Glover is charged
back for  a  portion of  this  fee should  the  customer terminate  the  finance
contract  before its scheduled term. Finance fees and insurance commissions, net
of chargebacks, are classified  as other operating  revenue in the  accompanying
statement of operations. See Note 2 for an analysis of the reserve for estimated
future chargebacks.
 
                                      F-26
<PAGE>
                             JIM GLOVER DODGE, INC.
 
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
FEDERAL  INCOME TAXES -  Jim Glover is organized  as a sub-chapter S-Corporation
under the Internal Revenue Code; therefore,  the income earned by Jim Glover  is
reported  on  the personal  tax returns  of  the stockholders.  Consequently, no
provision for  income taxes  has  been recorded  in the  accompanying  financial
statements.
 
ADVERTISING  AND  PROMOTIONAL  COSTS  - Advertising  and  promotional  costs are
expensed as incurred  and are  included in selling,  general and  administrative
expense  in the accompanying combined statement of operations. Total advertising
and promotional  expenses approximated  $1,260,000 and  $1,436,000 in  1994  and
1995, respectively.
 
FAIR  VALUE OF FINANCIAL  INSTRUMENTS - The fair  value of financial instruments
approximates their recorded  values due  primarily to the  short-term nature  of
their maturities.
 
PERVASIVENESS  OF  ESTIMATES  -  The  preparation  of  financial  statements  in
conformity with generally accepted accounting principles requires management  to
make  estimates  and assumptions  that affect  the  reported amounts  of assets,
liabilities, revenues and expenses and disclosure of gain and loss contingencies
at the date  of the financial  statements. The actual  outcome of the  estimates
could  differ  from  the estimates  made  in  the preparation  of  the financial
statements.
 
NOTE 2 - PROVISION FOR FINANCE FEE AND INSURANCE COMMISSION CHARGEBACKS
Presented below is the change in the reserve for estimated finance and insurance
chargebacks for the fiscal years 1994 and 1995 (in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             1994       1995
                                                           ---------  ---------
<S>                                                        <C>        <C>
Beginning reserve balance at December 1                    $     152  $      93
Provision                                                        453        525
Actual chargebacks                                              (512)      (510)
                                                           ---------  ---------
Ending reserve balance at November 30                      $      93  $     108
                                                           ---------  ---------
                                                           ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
NOTE 3 - CONTRACTS IN TRANSIT AND ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE
Contracts in  transit and  vehicle receivables  primarily represent  receivables
from  financial institutions such as Chrysler Financial Corp. and regional banks
which provide  funding for  customer vehicle  financing. These  receivables  are
normally  collected  in less  than 30  days of  the sale  of the  vehicle. Trade
receivables primarily relate to  the sale of parts  to commercial customers  and
finance  fees representing amounts  due from financial  institutions earned from
arranging  financing  with  Jim  Glover's  customers.  Amounts  due  from   auto
manufacturers  primarily  represent  receivables  for  parts  and  service  work
performed on vehicles pursuant to the auto manufacturer's warranty coverage.
 
                                      F-27
<PAGE>
                             JIM GLOVER DODGE, INC.
 
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
The accounts receivable balance at November 30 is comprised of the following (in
thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                           1994       1995
                                                         ---------  ---------
<S>                                                      <C>        <C>
Trade                                                    $     487  $     437
Contracts in transit                                         1,823      1,370
Due from manufacturer                                          249        322
Due from finance companies                                      94        138
                                                         ---------  ---------
    Total accounts receivable                            $   2,653  $   2,267
                                                         ---------  ---------
                                                         ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
NOTE 4 - INVENTORIES
The November 30 inventory balance is comprised of the following (in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                           1994       1995
                                                         ---------  ---------
<S>                                                      <C>        <C>
New vehicles and demonstrators                           $   5,988  $   5,386
Used vehicles                                                2,602      1,343
Parts and accessories                                          758        746
                                                         ---------  ---------
                                                         $   9,348  $   7,475
                                                         ---------  ---------
                                                         ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
NOTE 5 - FLOOR PLAN NOTES PAYABLE
The manufacturer/distributor  finances new  and used  vehicle purchases  by  Jim
Glover.  Floor plan notes  payable bear interest at  the finance company's prime
rate (approximately 9.5% at November 30, 1995). The notes are collateralized  by
all  of Jim Glover's  tangible and intangible  personal property, including, but
not limited to, substantially all new, used and demonstrator vehicles, parts and
accessories inventory, accounts receivable, and all machinery and equipment. The
notes are generally due within  ten days of the sale  of the vehicles or  within
three days after receiving the sales proceeds, whichever is sooner. Accordingly,
floor  plan notes  payable have been  classified as current  in the accompanying
balance sheet.
 
NOTE 6 - COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
OPERATING LEASES  - Jim  Glover leases  the facility  on which  it conducts  its
retail  automobile business.  In connection  with the  sale of  its business and
inventory to Performance Dodge,  Inc. (as more fully  discussed in Note 9),  the
owners  of  Performance Dodge,  Inc.  acquired Jim  Glover's  primary dealership
facility and continued to lease the  facility to Jim Glover. This lease  expired
upon the sale of the business and inventory to Performance Dodge, Inc. Two other
land and building leases require annual rent payments of $24,000 and $13,200 and
expire in May 1997 and March 2000, respectively.
 
Rent expense on all operating leases was approximately $235,000 and $236,000 for
the  years  ended  November  30,  1994  and  November  30,  1995,  respectively.
Additionally, Jim Glover is liable for property taxes and insurance.
 
                                      F-28
<PAGE>
                             JIM GLOVER DODGE, INC.
 
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
NOTE 7 - LITIGATION
From time to time, Jim Glover is  named in claims involving the manufacture  and
sale  of  automobiles, contractual  disputes and  other  matters arising  in the
ordinary course of business. Currently, no legal proceedings are pending against
or involve Jim Glover that, in the  opinion of management, could be expected  to
have a material adverse effect on the financial condition, results of operations
or cash flows of Jim Glover in the year of ultimate settlement.
 
Jim  Glover  is also  subject to  federal  and state  environmental regulations,
including rules relating to air and water pollution and the storage and disposal
of gasoline, oil and other chemicals and  waste. Jim Glover is not aware of  any
pending  environmental matters or  matters of noncompliance  with all applicable
environmental laws relating to its business.
 
In limited circumstances, Jim  Glover will either  partially or fully  guarantee
finance  contracts  of customers  with  the financial  institutions  issuing the
credit. The amount  of outstanding  finance contracts  on which  Jim Glover  has
either  partially or fully guaranteed the  financial performance of the customer
approximated $418,000 and $203,000 at November  30, 1994 and November 30,  1995,
respectively.
 
NOTE 8 - RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
During  fiscal 1994 and  1995, Jim Glover  leased the primary  building and land
from an affiliate of Jim Glover. Jim  Glover has accounted for this lease as  an
operating  lease. During fiscal 1994 and 1995,  Jim Glover paid rent of $120,000
and $100,000, respectively, to this affiliate.
 
Several affiliated corporations  advanced Jim Glover  funds during fiscal  1995.
These advances bear interest at 9.5% and are due upon demand. Accordingly, these
advances have been classified as a current liability in the accompanying balance
sheet. The balance of these advances at November 30, 1995 approximated $552,000.
There were no outstanding advances from affiliates at November 30, 1994.
 
NOTE 9 - SUBSEQUENT EVENT
Effective  December 4,  1995, Jim  Glover sold  substantially all  its assets to
Performance Dodge, Inc. for the assumption of its floor plan liability and  cash
consideration  of  approximately  $5.9  million. Performance  Dodge,  Inc.  is a
wholly-owned subsidiary of Cross-Continent Auto Retailers, Inc.
 
                                      F-29
<PAGE>
                       REPORT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS
 
To the Board of Directors
Cross-Continent Auto Retailers, Inc.
 
In  our opinion, the  accompanying balance sheets and  the related statements of
operations, of changes in stockholder's equity and of cash flows present fairly,
in all material respects, the financial  position of Lynn Hickey Dodge, Inc.  at
December  31, 1994 and 1995 and the results of its operations and its cash flows
for the two years then ended,  in conformity with generally accepted  accounting
principles.  These financial statements are  the responsibility of management of
Lynn Hickey Dodge, Inc.;  our responsibility is to  express an opinion on  these
financial  statements  based on  our audits.  We conducted  our audits  of these
statements in  accordance  with  generally  accepted  auditing  standards  which
require  that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about
whether the financial  statements are  free of material  misstatement. An  audit
includes  examining,  on  a  test basis,  evidence  supporting  the  amounts and
disclosures in  the financial  statements, assessing  the accounting  principles
used  and significant estimates  made by management,  and evaluating the overall
financial  statement  presentation.  We  believe  that  our  audits  provide   a
reasonable basis for the opinion expressed above.
 
PRICE WATERHOUSE LLP
Fort Worth, Texas
July 3, 1996
 
                                      F-30
<PAGE>
                            LYNN HICKEY DODGE, INC.
 
                            STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                           YEAR ENDED          SIX MONTHS ENDED
                                                                          DECEMBER 31,             JUNE 30,
                                                                     ----------------------  --------------------
                                                                        1994        1995       1995       1996
                                                                     ----------  ----------  ---------  ---------
                                                                                                 (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                                  <C>         <C>         <C>        <C>
Revenues:
  Vehicle sales                                                      $  155,406  $  111,113  $  57,504  $  63,539
  Other operating revenue                                                12,104      11,108      5,371      7,139
                                                                     ----------  ----------  ---------  ---------
    Total revenues                                                      167,510     122,221     62,875     70,678
                                                                     ----------  ----------  ---------  ---------
Cost and expenses:
  Cost of sales                                                         146,551     106,826     55,518     59,838
  Selling, general and administrative                                    18,452      13,149      6,205      6,863
  Depreciation and amortization                                             341         346        164        133
                                                                     ----------  ----------  ---------  ---------
                                                                        165,344     120,321     61,887     66,834
                                                                     ----------  ----------  ---------  ---------
                                                                          2,166       1,900        988      3,844
Other income (expense):
  Interest income                                                           177         402        148        273
  Interest expense                                                       (1,750)     (1,737)      (969)      (831)
                                                                     ----------  ----------  ---------  ---------
  Net income                                                         $      593  $      565  $     167  $   3,286
                                                                     ----------  ----------  ---------  ---------
                                                                     ----------  ----------  ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
                     The accompanying notes are an integral
                      part of these financial statements.
 
                                      F-31
<PAGE>
                            LYNN HICKEY DODGE, INC.
                                 BALANCE SHEETS
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
                                     ASSETS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                   DECEMBER 31,
                                                                               --------------------
                                                                                 1994       1995
                                                                               ---------  ---------    JUNE 30,
                                                                                                         1996
                                                                                                     -------------
                                                                                                      (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                                            <C>        <C>        <C>
Current assets:
  Cash and cash equivalents                                                    $   3,854  $   6,002    $   8,323
  Accounts receivable                                                              3,129      4,495        4,113
  Inventories                                                                     21,527     15,234       16,119
  Due from affiliates                                                                841        903          360
                                                                               ---------  ---------  -------------
    Total current assets                                                          29,351     26,634       28,915
Property and equipment, at cost, less accumulated depreciation                     2,085      1,943        1,856
                                                                               ---------  ---------  -------------
    Total assets                                                               $  31,436  $  28,577    $  30,771
                                                                               ---------  ---------  -------------
                                                                               ---------  ---------  -------------
 
                                       LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDER'S EQUITY
Current liabilities:
  Floor plan financing                                                         $  18,737  $  14,900    $  15,187
  Line of credit                                                                   -          -            5,000
  Accounts payable                                                                 4,429      2,653        2,289
  Accrued expenses and other liabilities                                           3,434      2,432        1,990
                                                                               ---------  ---------  -------------
    Total current liabilities                                                     26,600     19,985       24,466
                                                                               ---------  ---------  -------------
Line of credit                                                                     -          5,000        -
Deferred warranty revenue - long-term portion                                        249        571          932
                                                                               ---------  ---------  -------------
    Total long-term liabilities                                                      249      5,571          932
                                                                               ---------  ---------  -------------
Stockholder's equity:
  Preferred stock, $100 par value, 1,500 shares authorized, none issued            -          -            -
  Common stock, $100 par value, 1,500 shares authorized, 915 shares issued
   and outstanding                                                                    92         92           92
  Paid-in capital                                                                    339        339          339
  Retained earnings                                                                4,156      2,590        4,942
                                                                               ---------  ---------  -------------
    Total stockholder's equity                                                     4,587      3,021        5,373
                                                                               ---------  ---------  -------------
Commitments and contingencies (Notes 2 and 8)                                      -          -            -
                                                                               ---------  ---------  -------------
    Total liabilities and stockholder's equity                                 $  31,436  $  28,577    $  30,771
                                                                               ---------  ---------  -------------
                                                                               ---------  ---------  -------------
</TABLE>
 
                     The accompanying notes are an integral
                      part of these financial statements.
 
                                      F-32
<PAGE>
                            LYNN HICKEY DODGE, INC.
 
                 STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDER'S EQUITY
                 FOR THE TWO YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995 AND
                         SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1996
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                              PREFERRED STOCK           COMMON STOCK
                                           ---------------------  ------------------------    PAID-IN    RETAINED
                                            SHARES      AMOUNT      SHARES       AMOUNT       CAPITAL    EARNINGS     TOTAL
                                           ---------  ----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  ---------  ---------
<S>                                        <C>        <C>         <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>        <C>
Balance at December 31, 1993                          $                  915    $      92    $     339   $   4,835  $   5,266
Net income                                                                                                     593        593
Distributions to stockholder                                                                                (1,272)    (1,272)
                                           ---------  ----------       -----          ---        -----   ---------  ---------
Balance at December 31, 1994                                             915           92          339       4,156      4,587
Net income                                                                                                     565        565
Distributions to stockholder                                                                                (2,131)    (2,131)
                                           ---------  ----------       -----          ---        -----   ---------  ---------
Balance at December 31, 1995                                             915           92          339       2,590      3,021
Net income (unaudited)                                                                                       3,286      3,286
Distributions to stockholder (unaudited)                                                                      (934)      (934)
                                           ---------  ----------       -----          ---        -----   ---------  ---------
Balance at June 30, 1996 (unaudited)                  $                  915    $      92    $     339   $   4,942  $   5,373
                                           ---------  ----------       -----          ---        -----   ---------  ---------
                                           ---------  ----------       -----          ---        -----   ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
                     The accompanying notes are an integral
                      part of these financial statements.
 
                                      F-33
<PAGE>
                            LYNN HICKEY DODGE, INC.
 
                            STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                               YEAR ENDED         SIX MONTHS ENDED
                                                                              DECEMBER 31,            JUNE 30,
                                                                          --------------------  --------------------
                                                                            1994       1995       1995       1996
                                                                          ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                                                    (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                                       <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
Cash flows from operating activities:
  Net income                                                              $     593  $     565  $     167  $   3,286
  Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided (used) by
   operating activities:
    Depreciation and amortization                                               341        346        164        133
    Proceeds from extended warranty sales                                       526      1,389        818        989
    Amortization of deferred warranty revenue                                   (47)      (555)      (265)      (615)
  (Increase) decrease in:
    Accounts receivable                                                       1,542     (1,367)        (7)       382
    Inventory                                                                 1,268      6,293      4,081       (886)
    Due from affiliates                                                         737        (61)       313        543
  Increase (decrease) in:
    Accounts payable                                                            (89)    (1,776)    (1,878)      (364)
    Accrued expenses and other liabilities                                      854     (1,514)    (1,093)      (455)
                                                                          ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
      Net cash provided (used) by operating activities                        5,725      3,320      2,300      3,013
                                                                          ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Cash flows from investing activities:
  Acquisition of property and equipment                                        (206)      (204)      (114)       (46)
                                                                          ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Cash flows from financing activities:
  Change in floor plan financing                                             (2,651)    (3,837)    (3,070)       287
  Line of credit proceeds                                                     -          5,000      -          -
  Distributions to stockholder                                               (1,272)    (2,131)    (1,052)      (933)
                                                                          ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
      Net cash provided (used) by financing activities                       (3,923)      (968)    (4,122)      (646)
                                                                          ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents                              1,596      2,148     (1,936)     2,321
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period                              2,258      3,854      3,854      6,002
                                                                          ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period                                $   3,854  $   6,002  $   1,918  $   8,323
                                                                          ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                          ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
                     The accompanying notes are an integral
                      part of these financial statements.
 
                                      F-34
<PAGE>
                            LYNN HICKEY DODGE, INC.
 
                         NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
NOTE 1 - SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
BUSINESS  OPERATIONS  - Lynn  Hickey  Dodge, Inc.'s  ("Hickey  Dodge") principal
business is  the retail  sales  of new  Dodge  automobiles obtained  through  an
exclusive  dealer agreement with Dodge  and the sale of  used cars. In addition,
Hickey Dodge  retails  and wholesales  replacement  parts and  provides  vehicle
servicing. Hickey Dodge operates in the Oklahoma City area.
 
UNAUDITED  INTERIM PERIODS - The following notes, insofar as they are applicable
to June 30, 1996  and the six-month  periods ended June 30,  1995 and 1996,  are
unaudited.  These interim  financial statements have  been prepared  on the same
basis as the annual  financial statements included herewith.  In the opinion  of
management,  all  adjustments, consisting  only  of ordinary  recurring accruals
considered necessary to fairly  state the unaudited  financial position at  June
30,  1996 and  the unaudited results  of operations  and cash flows  for the six
months ended June 30,  1995 and 1996,  have been included.  Results for the  six
months  ended June 30, 1995  and 1996 are not  necessarily indicative of results
which may be expected for any other interim period or for any year as a whole.
 
MAJOR SUPPLIER AND DEALER AGREEMENT  - Hickey Dodge purchases substantially  all
of its new vehicles and parts inventory from Chrysler Motor Company, Inc. at the
prevailing  prices charged  by the automaker  to all  franchised dealers. Hickey
Dodge's  overall  sales  could  be  impacted  by  the  automaker's  ability   or
unwillingness  to  supply  the dealership  with  an adequate  supply  of popular
models. Management  believes that  1995  sales were  negatively impacted  by  an
unfavorable allocation of vehicles from the automaker.
 
The Dealer Agreement generally limits the location of the dealership and retains
automaker  approval rights over changes  in dealership management and ownership.
The automaker is  also entitled  to terminate  the dealership  agreement if  the
dealership is in material breach of the terms.
 
CASH  AND CASH EQUIVALENTS - Cash and  cash equivalents include cash on hand and
all highly  liquid investments  with maturities  of three  months or  less  when
purchased.
 
CONCENTRATION  OF CREDIT RISK  - Financial instruments  that potentially subject
Hickey Dodge  to  concentrations of  credit  risk consist  principally  of  cash
deposits.
 
Concentrations  of credit risk with respect  to customer receivables are limited
primarily to  Chrysler  Financial  Corp.  and  financial  institutions  such  as
regional  banks. Credit risk arising  from receivables from commercial customers
is minimal  due to  the  large number  of  customers comprising  Hickey  Dodge's
customer base; however, they are concentrated in Hickey Dodge's only market area
located in the central Oklahoma vicinity.
 
REVENUE  RECOGNITION -  Revenues from vehicle  and parts sales  and from service
operations are recognized at the time  the vehicle is delivered to the  customer
or service is completed.
 
INVENTORIES  - Vehicles are  stated at the  lower of cost  or market, cost being
determined on a specific identification basis. Parts are stated at the lower  of
cost or market, cost being determined on the first-in, first-out (FIFO) basis.
 
PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT - Property and equipment are stated at cost. Depreciation
is  computed using  the straight-line  method over  the respective  lives of the
assets.
 
                                      F-35
<PAGE>
                            LYNN HICKEY DODGE, INC.
 
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
RECOGNITION OF FINANCE FEES  AND INSURANCE COMMISSIONS  - Hickey Dodge  arranges
financing  for  its  customers'  vehicle  purchases  and  arranges  insurance in
connection therewith. Financing contracts are reviewed by the dealership and are
forwarded to Chrysler Financial Corp.  and other financial institutions.  Hickey
Dodge  receives a fee from the financial institution for arranging the financing
and receives a commission for the sale  of an insurance policy. Hickey Dodge  is
charged  back  ("chargebacks") for  a portion  of this  fee should  the customer
terminate the finance or insurance  contract before its scheduled term.  Finance
fees  and insurance  commissions, net  of chargebacks,  are classified  as other
operating revenue in the accompanying statement of operations. See Note 2 for an
analysis of the allowance for estimated future chargebacks.
 
EXTENDED WARRANTY CONTRACTS  - Prior to  late 1994, Hickey  Dodge sold  extended
service  contracts on behalf of unrelated  third parties. Commission revenue for
the unrelated third-party extended service  contracts is recognized at the  time
of  sale. Commencing in late 1994, Hickey  Dodge began offering its own extended
warranty contracts on new and used vehicles sold and continued to offer extended
warranty contracts  on  behalf  of  unrelated  third  parties.  These  contracts
generally  provide extended coverage for periods of two years or 24,000 miles up
to seven years or 70,000 miles, whichever comes first. Hickey Dodge accounts for
the sale of its  extended warranty contracts in  accordance with FASB  Technical
Bulletin  No.  90-1,  Accounting  for Separately  Priced  Extended  Warranty and
Product Maintenance  Contracts,  which  requires that  revenues  from  sales  of
extended  warranty  contracts  be  recognized  ratably  over  the  lives  of the
contracts. Costs directly related  to sales of  extended warranty contracts  are
deferred  and charged to expense proportionately as the revenues are recognized.
A loss is recognized on extended warranty  contracts if the sum of the  expected
costs of providing services under the contracts exceed related unearned revenue.
Revenue  and commissions recognized from the sale of extended warranty contracts
are classified as  other operating revenue  and the related  costs of parts  and
service associated therewith are classified as cost of sales in the accompanying
combined statement of operations.
 
FEDERAL  INCOME TAXES - Hickey Dodge is organized as a sub-chapter S-Corporation
under the Internal Revenue Code; therefore, the income earned by Hickey Dodge is
reported on  the personal  tax  returns of  the stockholders.  Consequently,  no
provision  for  income taxes  has been  recorded  in the  accompanying financial
statements.
 
ADVERTISING AND  PROMOTIONAL  COSTS  - Advertising  and  promotional  costs  are
expensed  as incurred  and are included  in selling,  general and administrative
expense in  the  accompanying statement  of  operations. Total  advertising  and
promotional  expenses approximated $3,063,000  and $2,151,000 in  1994 and 1995,
respectively.
 
FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL  INSTRUMENTS - The fair  value of financial  instruments
approximates  their recorded  values due primarily  to the  short-term nature of
their maturities or the floating nature of the related interest rates.
 
OTHER OPERATING REVENUE - Other operating revenue primarily consists of  finance
fees,  insurance commissions, sales for parts and service and revenue recognized
from the sale of extended warranty contracts.
 
PERVASIVENESS  OF  ESTIMATES  -  The  preparation  of  financial  statements  in
conformity  with generally accepted accounting principles requires management to
make estimates  and assumptions  that  affect the  reported amounts  of  assets,
liabilities, revenues and expenses and disclosure of gain and loss contingencies
at  the date of  the financial statements.  The actual outcome  of the estimates
could differ  from  the estimates  made  in  the preparation  of  the  financial
statements.
 
                                      F-36
<PAGE>
                            LYNN HICKEY DODGE, INC.
 
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
NOTE 2 - ALLOWANCE FOR FINANCE FEE AND INSURANCE AND WARRANTY COMMISSION
         CHARGEBACKS
Presented  below  is  the change  in  the  allowance for  estimated  finance and
insurance chargebacks for 1994 and 1995 (in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                           1994       1995
                                                                                         ---------  ---------
<S>                                                                                      <C>        <C>
Balance January 1                                                                        $     488  $     635
Provision                                                                                      856        344
Actual chargebacks                                                                            (709)      (629)
                                                                                         ---------  ---------
Balance at December 31                                                                   $     635        350
                                                                                         ---------  ---------
                                                                                         ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
NOTE 3 - CONTRACTS IN TRANSIT AND ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE
Contracts in  transit and  vehicle receivables  primarily represent  receivables
from financial institutions such as Chrysler Financial Corp., and regional banks
who  provide  funding  for  customer vehicle  financing.  These  receivables are
normally collected  in less  than 30  days of  the sale  of the  vehicle.  Trade
receivables  primarily relate to  the sale of parts  to commercial customers and
finance fees representing  amounts due from  financial institutions earned  from
arranging  financing with Hickey  Dodge's customers. Amounts  due from automaker
represent receivables for parts and service work performed on vehicles  pursuant
to  the  automaker's  warranty  coverage. Receivables  from  the  automaker also
include amounts  due from  the  automaker in  connection  with the  purchase  of
vehicles  ("holdback") pursuant  to the  dealership agreement;  such amounts are
generally remitted to Hickey Dodge on a quarterly basis.
 
The accounts receivable balance at December 31 is comprised of the following (in
thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                         1994       1995
                                                                                       ---------  ---------
<S>                                                                                    <C>        <C>
Trade                                                                                  $     658  $     899
Contracts in transit and vehicle receivables                                               2,081      3,172
Due from automaker                                                                           202        196
Due from finance companies                                                                    41        127
Other                                                                                        147        101
                                                                                       ---------  ---------
  Total accounts receivable                                                            $   3,129  $   4,495
                                                                                       ---------  ---------
                                                                                       ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
NOTE 4 - INVENTORIES
The December 31 inventory balance is comprised of the following (in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                      1994       1995
                                                                                    ---------  ---------
<S>                                                                                 <C>        <C>
New vehicles and demonstrators                                                      $  12,231  $   7,845
Used vehicles                                                                           8,595      6,724
Parts and accessories                                                                     701        665
                                                                                    ---------  ---------
                                                                                    $  21,527  $  15,234
                                                                                    ---------  ---------
                                                                                    ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-37
<PAGE>
                            LYNN HICKEY DODGE, INC.
 
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
NOTE 5 - PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT (IN THOUSANDS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                           DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                       --------------------
                                                                                         1994       1995
                                                                                       ---------  ---------
<S>                                                                                    <C>        <C>
Land                                                                                   $      76  $      76
Buildings                                                                                  2,249      2,315
Furniture, fixtures and equipment                                                          1,416      1,553
                                                                                       ---------  ---------
                                                                                           3,741      3,944
Less: accumulated depreciation                                                             1,656      2,001
                                                                                       ---------  ---------
                                                                                       $   2,085  $   1,943
                                                                                       ---------  ---------
                                                                                       ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
NOTE 6 - NOTES PAYABLE
The automaker finances  new and used  vehicle purchases by  Hickey Dodge.  Floor
plan  financing bears interest at prime  plus 1% (approximately 9.5% at December
31, 1995). The notes  are collateralized by all  of Hickey Dodge's tangible  and
intangible  personal property, including, but  not limited to, substantially all
new, used and demonstrator vehicles,  parts and accessories inventory,  accounts
receivable,  and all machinery and equipment. The notes are generally due within
ten days of the sale  of the vehicles or within  three days after receiving  the
sales  proceeds,  whichever  is  sooner. Accordingly,  floor  plan  financing is
classified as current in the accompanying balance sheet.
 
Hickey Dodge  also  has a  $5,000,000  revolving credit  note  outstanding  from
Chrysler  Financial Corp. which  was scheduled to  mature on April  15, 1996; in
April 1996, the maturity  date was extended  to April 15, 1997.  As a result  of
this  extension, the amount outstanding pursuant to  the line of credit has been
classified as long-term in the December 31, 1995 accompanying balance sheet. The
note is secured by a  pledge of Hickey Dodge's stock  and accrues interest at  a
rate equal to LIBOR plus 2.75% (8.47% at December 31, 1995).
 
NOTE 7 - ACCRUED EXPENSES AND OTHER LIABILITIES (IN THOUSANDS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                           DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                       --------------------
                                                                                         1994       1995
                                                                                       ---------  ---------
<S>                                                                                    <C>        <C>
Deferred warranty revenue - current portion                                            $     229  $     742
Chargeback allowance                                                                         635        350
Allowance for financial guarantees                                                         1,387        419
Other                                                                                      1,183        921
                                                                                       ---------  ---------
                                                                                       $   3,434  $   2,432
                                                                                       ---------  ---------
                                                                                       ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
NOTE 8 - COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
OPERATING  LEASES -  Hickey Dodge  leases its  dealership facility  from various
lessors, but principally from Rolynn's  Ltd. ("Rolynn's"), an entity  controlled
by  Lyndel Hickey  (see Note  9). These  lease agreements  are generally renewed
annually. The Company also leases certain equipment for terms ranging from 2  to
5 years.
 
Rent expense on all operating leases was approximately $833,000 and $846,000 for
the  years ended December 31, 1994  and 1995, respectively. Additionally, Hickey
Dodge is liable for property taxes and insurance.
 
                                      F-38
<PAGE>
                            LYNN HICKEY DODGE, INC.
 
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
Future aggregate minimum rental commitments for noncancellable operating  leases
are immaterial.
 
From  time to time,  Hickey Dodge will  either partially or  fully guarantee the
payment of certain customers'  loans relating to the  purchase of vehicles  from
Hickey  Dodge. A portion of these customer loans are purchased by Dakota Finance
(see Note 9). As of December 31, 1994 and 1995, Hickey Dodge had full guarantees
on outstanding loans  with a  principal balance of  $14,421,000 and  $7,780,000,
respectively.  Additionally, as of December 31,  1994 and 1995, Hickey Dodge had
partial guarantees on outstanding customer  loans with total principal  balances
of  $7,313,000  and  $3,896,000,  respectively. Partial  guarantees  are  for an
agreed-upon amount less than the face value of the loan. Hickey Dodge records an
allowance for estimated future losses on  such guarantees. Below is an  analysis
of the allowance for estimated losses on such guarantees (in thousands).
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                       1994       1995
                                                                                     ---------  ---------
<S>                                                                                  <C>        <C>
Balance at January 1                                                                 $   1,120  $   1,387
Provision                                                                                1,626        309
Actual losses relating to guarantees                                                    (1,359)    (1,277)
                                                                                     ---------  ---------
Balance at December 31                                                               $   1,387  $     419
                                                                                     ---------  ---------
                                                                                     ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
Hickey  Dodge is a party to various legal actions arising in the ordinary course
of its business.  The liability, if  any associated with  these matters was  not
determinable  at December 31,  1995. While it  is not feasible  to determine the
outcome of these actions, Hickey Dodge's information, including discussions with
legal counsel, at this  time does not  indicate that these  matters will have  a
material  adverse effect upon the financial  condition, results of operations or
cash flows.
 
Hickey Dodge is  also subject  to federal and  state environmental  regulations,
including rules relating to air and water pollution and the storage and disposal
of  gasoline,  oil, and  other  chemicals and  waste.  Local, state  and federal
regulations also affect automobile dealership's advertising, sales, service  and
financing activities. Hickey Dodge believes that it complies with all applicable
laws relating to its business.
 
NOTE 9 - RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
Dakota  Finance ("Dakota") is a finance company  owned 50% by Lyndel Hickey, the
sole stockholder of  Hickey Dodge,  and 50% by  Wade Hickey,  Vice President  of
Hickey  Dodge.  In assisting  its customers  with  their vehicle  purchases, the
Company arranges  financing through  various lenders,  including Dakota.  Hickey
Dodge receives no finance commission for customer loans arranged with Dakota and
generally guarantees the customer's loan. During 1994 and 1995 and the unaudited
six months ended June 30, 1995 and 1996, Dakota financed $2,592,000, $2,175,000,
$1,067,000 and $1,244,000, respectively, of Hickey Dodge's sales. As of December
31,  1995 and June 30, 1996, Dakota had $2,164,000 and $1,856,000 (unaudited) in
outstanding loans receivable which were guaranteed by Hickey Dodge. During  1994
and  1995, and  the unaudited six  months ended  June 30, 1995  and 1996, Hickey
Dodge  recognized  losses   of  $260,000,  $176,000,   $102,000  and   $119,000,
respectively, relating to nonperformance under such guarantees. An allowance for
estimated future losses relating to these financial guarantees has been included
in the allowance for financial guarantees discussed in Note 8 above.
 
As of December 31, 1995 and June 30, 1996, Hickey Dodge had committed to advance
Dakota  up  to  $5,000,000 at  a  rate of  LIBOR  plus 3%.  This  commitment was
scheduled to expire in  April 1996; however,  it has been  extended on month  to
month  basis.  Hickey  Dodge  advanced, primarily  under  this  line  of credit,
$3,226,000, $1,660,000 and $287,000 (unaudited) to Dakota in 1994, 1995 and  the
six months ended June 30,
 
                                      F-39
<PAGE>
                            LYNN HICKEY DODGE, INC.
 
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
1996,  respectively, for working capital  purposes. Interest charged relating to
the line of  credit advances accrued  at 8.5% per  annum and LIBOR  plus 3%  per
annum. Interest income of $43,000, $31,000, $26,000 and $7,000 was recognized on
the  advances during  the years  ended December  31, 1994  and 1995  and for the
unaudited six months ended June 30, 1995 and 1996, respectively. As of  December
31,  1994, 1995, and June 30, 1996, $800,000, $802,000 and $360,000 (unaudited),
respectively, was outstanding relating to such advances.
 
Hickey Dodge arranges credit life and accident and disability insurance for  its
customers  in connection  with their  purchase of  new and  used vehicles. These
insurance contracts are  arranged on behalf  of Mega Life  and Health  Insurance
Company,  which reinsures a portion  of the risk with  a company owned by Lyndel
Hickey. During 1994 and 1995, insurance premiums received from customers totaled
$1.6 million and $0.8  million of which 60%  was paid to Mega  Life and 40%  was
retained by Hickey Dodge as commission.
 
As  more fully discussed  in Note 8,  Hickey Dodge leases  most of its operating
facilities from Rolynn's, an entity controlled  by Lyndel Hickey, who owns  100%
of  Hickey Dodge's stock. Rent expense under this lease was $780,000 during 1994
and 1995.
 
NOTE 10 - SUBSEQUENT EVENTS
Hickey Dodge has executed a purchase and sale agreement whereby it has agreed to
sell substantially all of its assets to Cross-Continent Auto Retailers, Inc. The
purchase price will consist of cash consideration of approximately $13.1 million
for fixed assets  and intangible assets,  plus an estimated  $750,000 for  parts
inventory.  In addition, the purchaser will acquire the new vehicle inventory at
cost and may acquire the used vehicle inventory at a negotiated value. The  sale
is subject to customary closing conditions as well as the purchaser's successful
completion  of  its  initial  public  offering and  approval  of  the  change in
ownership by Dodge.
 
                                      F-40
<PAGE>
                 (This page has been left blank intentionally.)
<PAGE>
 
                                       [Photographs]
 
Insert Photo of Service Central at Westgate    Insert Photo of Quality Nissan
Chevrolet
 
Insert Photo of Customer Taking Delivery       Insert Photo of Performance Dodge
of New Chevrolet
 
Insert Photo of Midway Chevrolet               Insert Photo of Lynn Hickey Dodge
 
<PAGE>
 
                                   [LOGO]


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission